0000909518-14-000334.txt : 20141208 0000909518-14-000334.hdr.sgml : 20141208 20141208165717 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000909518-14-000334 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: SC 13D/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3 FILED AS OF DATE: 20141208 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20141208 GROUP MEMBERS: EIG ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC GROUP MEMBERS: EIG GLOBAL ENERGY PARTNERS LLC GROUP MEMBERS: EIG MANAGEMENT CO LLC GROUP MEMBERS: R. BLAIR THOMAS GROUP MEMBERS: R. BLAIR THOMAS 2010 IRREVOCABLE TRUST SUBJECT COMPANY: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Southcross Energy Partners, L.P. CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001547638 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION [4922] IRS NUMBER: 455045230 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: SC 13D/A SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 005-87091 FILM NUMBER: 141273040 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1700 PACIFIC AVENUE, SUITE 2900 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75201 BUSINESS PHONE: 214-979-3700 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1700 PACIFIC AVENUE, SUITE 2900 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75201 FILED BY: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: EIG BlackBrush Holdings, LLC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001616361 IRS NUMBER: 275472323 STATE OF INCORPORATION: TX FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: SC 13D/A BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: THREE ALLEN CENTER STREET 2: 333 CLAY STREET CITY: HOUSTON STATE: TX ZIP: 770022 BUSINESS PHONE: 716 615-7400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: THREE ALLEN CENTER STREET 2: 333 CLAY STREET CITY: HOUSTON STATE: TX ZIP: 770022 SC 13D/A 1 mm12-0514eigbb_sc13da.htm AMENDMENT NO.1 mm12-0514eigbb_sc13da.htm

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
 

SCHEDULE 13D
 
 
(Amendment No.1)
 
 
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934*
 
 

 
SOUTHCROSS ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P. 

(Name of Issuer)
 

Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests

(Title of Class of Securities)
 

84130C100

 (CUSIP Number)
 

Robert L. Vitale
EIG Management Company, LLC
1700 Pennsylvania Ave. NW
Suite 800
Washington, D.C.  20006
202-600-3304

(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person
Authorized to Receive Notices and Communications)
 

December 5, 2014

 (Date of Event which Requires Filing of This Statement)
 
 
If the filing person has previously filed a statement on Schedule 13G to report the acquisition that is the subject of this Schedule 13D, and is filing this schedule because of §§240.13d-1(e), 240.13d-1(f) or 240.13d-1(g), check the following box. [x]
 
Note: Schedules filed in paper format shall include a signed original and five copies of the schedule, including all exhibits. See Rule 13d-7 for other parties to whom copies are to be sent.
 
* The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting person’s initial filing on this form with respect to the subject class of securities, and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would alter disclosures provided in a prior cover page.
 
The information required on the remainder of this cover page shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purpose of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act (however, see the Notes).
 

 


 
 

 

CUSIP No. 84130C100
 
(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
EIG BlackBrush Holdings LLC
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Texas
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
_
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
OO - limited liability company

 
 
 
 
Page 2 of 17

 

 
(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns of record 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of EIG BlackBrush Holdings LLC to SHB, EIG BlackBrush Holdings LLC may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 

 
Page 3 of 17

 


(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
EIG Management Company, LLC
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Delaware
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
[_]
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
OO/IA – limited liability company



 
Page 4 of 17

 

(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of EIG Management Company, LLC to SHB, EIG Management Company, LLC may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 


 
Page 5 of 17

 
 
 
 
(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
EIG Asset Management, LLC
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Delaware
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
[_]
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
OO – limited liability company
 
 

 
 
Page 6 of 17

 

(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of EIG Asset Management, LLC to SHB, EIG Asset Management, LLC may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 


 
Page 7 of 17

 


(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
EIG Global Energy Partners, LLC
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Delaware
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
[_]
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
OO – limited liability company
 
 
 

 
Page 8 of 17

 


(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns of record 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of EIG Global Energy Partners, LLC to SHB, EIG Global Energy Partners, LLC may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 

 

 
Page 9 of 17

 


(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
The R. Blair Thomas 2010 Irrevocable Trust
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Virginia
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
[_]
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
OO – Trust

 

 
Page 10 of 17

 
 

 
(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns of record 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of The R. Blair Thomas 2010 Irrevocable Trust to SHB, The R. Blair Thomas 2010 Irrevocable Trust may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 

 
Page 11 of 17

 


(1)           NAME OF FILING PARTIES
R. Blair Thomas
(2)           CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP
(a)           [x]
 
(b)           [_]
(3)           SEC USE ONLY
 
(4)           SOURCE OF FUNDS
OO
(5)           CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED
                PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
[_]
(6)           CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
United States of America
NUMBER OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH REPORTING
PERSON WITH
(7)           SOLE VOTING POWER
0
(8)           SHARED VOTING POWER
28,963,113(1)
(9)           SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
0
(10)           SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
28,963,113(1)
(11)         AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
28,963,113(1)
(12)         CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES
 
[_]
(13)         PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
57.2%(2)
(14)         TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON
IN – Individual

 

 
 
Page 12 of 17

 

 
(1) Southcross Holdings Borrower LP (“SHB”) owns of record 2,116,400 common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”), 14,633,000 Class B convertible units representing limited partner interests (“Class B Convertible Units”) and 12,213,713 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (“Subordinated Units”) in the Issuer.
 
As a result of the relationship of R. Blair Thomas to SHB, Mr. Thomas may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held by SHB.
 
(2) Percentage calculation is based on the number of Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of November 7, 2014, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 


 
Page 13 of 17

 

This Amendment No. 1 amends and supplements the Schedule 13D first filed August 14, 2014 (the “Original Schedule 13D” and, as amended, this “Schedule 13D”), and is being filed jointly by the Filing Parties with respect to the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units of Southcross Energy Partners, L.P. (“SXE”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Original Schedule 13D.

Item 2.        Identity and Background
 
The last paragraph of Item 2 of the Original Schedule 13D is hereby amended and replaced with the following:
 
Southcross Energy LLC (“SELLC”) holds approximately 29% of Holdings and approximately 29.6% of Holdings GP.  Each of (i) SELLC, Charlesbank Capital Partners, LLC (which the Filing Parties understand is the investment advisor to an investment fund which owns a majority of SELLC) (“CCP”), and the other Southcross Parties (as defined in Item 5) and (ii) the Tailwater Parties, which, following the BBTS Distribution, own approximately 34% of Holdings and approximately 34.4% of Holdings GP, have separately filed Schedule 13Ds with respect to the securities to which this Schedule 13D relates.  As a result of the relationship of SELLC, CCP, the Southcross Parties, the Tailwater Parties and the Filing Parties among themselves, each of such parties may have been or continue to be members of a group under Rule 13d-5(b) with respect to the Common Units reported as beneficially owned by the Filing Parties in this Schedule 13D, although the Filing Parties do not affirm that, notwithstanding that such a group may have initially existed as of the closing of such transactions giving rise to the acquisition of beneficial ownership of such Common Units, such group is deemed to continue from and after such closing.
 
Item 4.        Purpose of Transaction.
 
Item 4 of the Original Schedule 13D is hereby amended and supplemented with the following:
 
On December 5, 2014, BBTS Borrower LP (“BBTS-B”) distributed (the “BBTS Distribution”) its approximately 69.5% interest in Holdings and its approximately 70.4% interest in Holdings GP (together, the “BBTS Interest”) to BBTS Guarantor LP (“Guarantor LP”), Guarantor LP distributed the BBTS Interest to BlackBrush TexStar LP (“BlackBrush”), and BlackBrush distributed (i) 51.14% of the BBTS Interest to EIG BlackBrush Holdings, LLC (“EIG”), which resulted in EIG becoming a limited partner of Holdings and a member of Holdings GP and directly owning approximately 35.5% of Holdings and approximately 36% of Holdings GP and (ii) 48.86% of the BBTS Interest to TW BBTS Aggregator LP (“Aggregator”), which resulted in Aggregator becoming a limited partner of Holdings and a member of Holdings GP and directly owning approximately 34% of Holdings and approximately 34.4% of Holdings GP.
 
Item 5.        Interest in Securities of the Issuer.
 
Items 5(a)-(c) of the Original Schedule 13D are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
 
As of November 7, 2014, 23,800,943 Common Units, 14,633,000 Class B Convertible Units and 12,213,713 Subordinated Units were outstanding, as reported in SXE’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.
 
SHB owns of record 2,116,400 Common Units and all 14,633,000 Class B Convertible Units and 12,213,713 Subordinated Units that are outstanding.  SHB is owned 100% by Southcross Holdings Guarantor LP (“Guarantor”) and its non-economic general partner interest is held by Southcross Holdings Borrower GP LLC (“SHB GP”), which is owned 100% by Guarantor.  Guarantor is owned 100% by Holdings and its non-economic general partner interest is held by Southcross Holdings Guarantor GP LLC (“Guarantor GP”), which is owned 100% by Holdings (SHB, SHB GP, Guarantor, Guarantor GP, Holdings and Holdings GP are referred to collectively as the “Southcross Parties”).
 
 
 
 
Page 14 of 17

 
 
 
 
Immediately prior to the BBTS Distribution, BBTS-B owned approximately 69.5% of Holdings and approximately 70.4% of Holdings GP.  On December 4, 2014, BBTS-B distributed the BBTS Interest to Guarantor LP, Guarantor LP distributed the BBTS Interest to BlackBrush, and BlackBrush distributed (i) 51.14% of the BBTS Interest to EIG, which resulted in EIG becoming a limited partner of Holdings and a member of Holdings GP and directly owning approximately 35.5% of Holdings and approximately 36% of Holdings GP and (ii) 48.86% of the BBTS Interest to Aggregator, which resulted in Aggregator becoming a limited partner of Holdings and a member of Holdings GP and directly owning approximately 34% of Holdings and approximately 34.4% of Holdings GP.
 
In connection with the BBTS Distribution, EIG and Aggregator became parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdings GP dated November 21, 2014 (the “Holdings GP Agreement”) and that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Holdings dated November 21, 2014 (the “Holdings LP Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Holdings GP Agreement, EIG has the right to designate two directors to the Holdings GP Board and two directors to the SXE Board (one of whom must be an Independent Director).  The Partnership Agreement, Holdings GP Agreement and the Holdings LP Agreement govern the voting and disposition of Common Units held by SHB.
 
As a result of the relationship of EIG to Holdings and Holdings GP and the relationship of the Filing Parties among themselves, each Filing Party may be deemed to have shared power to vote, or direct the disposition of, and to dispose, or direct the disposition of, the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units held of record by SHB, which (giving effect to the conversion of such Class B Convertible Units and Subordinated Units) constitutes approximately 57.2% of the Common Units.
 
Other than as described above, there have been no reportable transactions in the Common Units, Class B Convertible Units or Subordinated Units that were effected in the last 60 days by the Filing Parties.
 
Item 6.        Contracts, Arrangements, Understandings or Relationships With Respect to Securities of the Issuer.
 
Item 6 of the Original Schedule 13D is hereby amended and supplemented with the following:
 
In connection with the BBTS Distribution, EIG and Aggregator became parties to the Holdings GP Agreement and the Holdings LP Agreement. Pursuant to the Holdings GP Agreement, EIG has the right to designate two directors to the Holdings GP Board and two directors to the SXE Board (one of whom must be an Independent Director).  The Partnership Agreement, Holdings GP Agreement and the Holdings LP Agreement govern the voting and disposition of Common Units held by SHB.
 
In connection with the BBTS Distribution, the BBTS Letter Agreement terminated in accordance with its terms.
 
Item 7.                      Materials to be Filed as Exhibits.
 
Exhibit 1.  Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Southcross Holdings GP LLC dated November 21, 2014.*
 
Exhibit 2.  Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Southcross Holdings LP dated November 21, 2014.*
 
Exhibit 3.   Joint Filing Agreement**
 
* Filed herewith.
 
** Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Original Schedule 13D and incorporated herein by reference.
 

 
Page 15 of 17

 

SIGNATURE
 
After reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
 
Date:  December 8, 2014
 
 
 
EIG BlackBrush Holdings LLC,
a Texas limited liability company
 
       
 
By:
EIG Management Company, LLC,
its Manager
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
   
R. Blair Thomas,
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/  Robert L. Vitale   
    Robert L. Vitale, General Counsel   
 
 
 
EIG Management Company, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
   
R. Blair Thomas,
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Robert L. Vitale  
    Robert L. Vitale, General Counsel  

 
 
EIG Asset Management, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
   
R. Blair Thomas,
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Robert L. Vitale  
    Robert L. Vitale, General Counsel  
 
 
 
 
 
Page 16 of 17

 

 
 
 
EIG Global Energy Partners, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
   
R. Blair Thomas,
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Robert L. Vitale  
    Robert L. Vitale, General Counsel  
 
 
 
R. Blair Thomas 2010 Irrevocable Trust
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
   
R. Blair Thomas, Trustee
 
       
       
       
       
 
By:
/s/ R. Blair Thomas  
    R. Blair Thomas  

 

 
 
 
 

 

 
Page 17 of 17
EX-99.1 2 mm12-0514lla_exhibit.htm EX.1 - SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT mm12-0514lla_exhibit.htm
EXHIBIT 1
 

 

 

 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
OF
 
SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS GP LLC
 
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
 

 
Dated as of
 
November 21, 2014
 

 
THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.
 
 
 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
2
         
 
Section 1.1
 
Definitions
2
         
 
Section 1.2
 
Construction
14
     
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
14
         
 
Section 2.1
 
Formation
14
         
 
Section 2.2
 
Name
14
         
 
Section 2.3
 
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office
14
         
 
Section 2.4
 
Purposes
15
         
 
Section 2.5
 
Term
15
         
 
Section 2.6
 
No State Law Partnership
15
         
 
Section 2.7
 
Certain Undertakings Relating to the Separateness
15
     
ARTICLE III
MEMBERSHIP
16
         
 
Section 3.1
 
Membership Interests; Units; Additional Members
16
         
 
Section 3.2
 
Liability
17
         
 
Section 3.3
 
Withdrawal
17
         
 
Section 3.4
 
Meetings
17
         
 
Section 3.5
 
Notice
17
         
 
Section 3.6
 
Action of Members
17
         
 
Section 3.7
 
Conference Telephone Meetings
17
         
 
Section 3.8
 
Quorum
18
         
 
Section 3.9
 
Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest
18
     
ARTICLE IV
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
19
         
 
Section 4.1
 
General Restriction
19
         
 
Section 4.2
 
Disposition Restrictions
19
         
 
Section 4.3
 
Admission of Assignee as a Member
20
         
 
Section 4.4
 
Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions
20
     
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
21
         
 
Section 5.1
 
Initial Capital Contributions
21
         
 
Section 5.2
 
Additional Capital Contributions by Members
21
         
 
Section 5.3
 
Loans
21
         
 
Section 5.4
 
Return of Contributions
21
 
 
 
 
i

 
 
 
 
         
 
Section 5.5
 
Capital Accounts
21
     
ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
22
         
 
Section 6.1
 
Distributions
22
         
 
Section 6.2
 
Distributions on Dissolution and Winding Up
24
         
 
Section 6.3
 
Allocations
24
         
 
Section 6.4
 
Varying Interests
29
         
 
Section 6.5
 
Withheld Taxes
30
         
 
Section 6.6
 
Limitations on Distributions
30
     
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT
30
         
 
Section 7.1
 
Management by Board
30
         
 
Section 7.2
 
Number; Qualification; Tenure
31
         
 
Section 7.3
 
Regular Meetings
32
         
 
Section 7.4
 
Special Meetings
32
         
 
Section 7.5
 
Notice
32
         
 
Section 7.6
 
Action by Consent of Board
32
         
 
Section 7.7
 
Conference Telephone Meetings
32
         
 
Section 7.8
 
Quorum
32
         
 
Section 7.9
 
Committees
33
         
 
Section 7.10
 
No Compensation of Directors
33
         
 
Section 7.11
 
Voting on Certain Matters
33
         
 
Section 7.12
 
No Fiduciary Duty
36
         
 
Section 7.13
 
Liquidity Event
36
     
ARTICLE VIII
OFFICERS
39
         
 
Section 8.1
 
Officers; No Compensation of Officers
39
         
 
Section 8.2
 
Election and Term of Office
40
         
 
Section 8.3
 
Chairman of the Board
40
         
 
Section 8.4
 
Chief Executive Officer
40
         
 
Section 8.5
 
President
40
         
 
Section 8.6
 
Vice Presidents
40
         
 
Section 8.7
 
Treasurer
41
         
 
Section 8.8
 
Secretary
41
         
 
Section 8.9
 
Removal
41
         
 
Section 8.10
 
Vacancies
42
 
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
 
     
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
42
         
 
Section 9.1
 
Indemnification; Limitation of Liability
42
         
 
Section 9.2
 
Limited Liability of Indemnitees
43
     
ARTICLE X
TAXES
44
         
 
Section 10.1
 
Tax Returns
44
         
 
Section 10.2
 
Tax Matters
44
         
 
Section 10.3
 
Tax Matters Member
44
         
 
Section 10.4
 
Tax Information
45
     
ARTICLE XI
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
45
         
 
Section 11.1
 
Maintenance of Books
45
         
 
Section 11.2
 
Reports and Inspection
45
         
 
Section 11.3
 
Bank Accounts
46
     
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
46
         
 
Section 12.1
 
Dissolution
46
         
 
Section 12.2
 
Winding-Up and Termination
47
         
 
Section 12.3
 
Deficit Capital Accounts
48
         
 
Section 12.4
 
Certificate of Cancellation
48
     
ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
48
         
 
Section 13.1
 
Offset
48
         
 
Section 13.2
 
Notices
48
         
 
Section 13.3
 
Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect
50
         
 
Section 13.4
 
Effect of Waiver or Consent
50
         
 
Section 13.5
 
Amendment or Restatement
51
         
 
Section 13.6
 
Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries
51
         
 
Section 13.7
 
Governing Law; Severability
51
         
 
Section 13.8
 
Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
51
         
 
Section 13.9
 
Dispute Resolution
52
         
 
Section 13.10
 
Further Assurances
53
         
 
Section 13.11
 
Waiver of Certain Rights
53
         
 
Section 13.12
 
Counterparts
53
         
 
Section 13.13
 
Suspension of Certain Provisions If Only One Member
53
 
 
 
 
iii

 
 
 
 
         
  Exhibit A – Members   
         
  Exhibit B – Directors   
         
  Exhibit C – Board of Directors of General Partner   
         
  Exhibit D – Veto Ratio   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
iv

 
 

 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
 
OF
 
SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS GP LLC
 
This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS GP LLC (the “Company”), dated as of November 21, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is adopted, executed and agreed to by BBTS Borrower LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“BBTS”), and Southcross Energy LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Southcross”).
 
R E C I T A L S:
 
WHEREAS, the Company has been formed as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation that was accepted for filing by the Delaware Secretary of State on June 9, 2014 and is the sole general partner of the Partnership (as defined below);
 
WHEREAS, BBTS entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (the “Original Agreement”) as of June 9, 2014;
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement (as defined below), Southcross contributed all of the equity interests owned by Southcross in Southcross Energy Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“SXE”), and 100% of the equity interests of Southcross Energy Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole general partner of SXE (the “SXE GP”), in exchange for Membership Interests (as defined below) in the Company and limited partnership interests in the Partnership;
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement (as defined below), BBTS contributed 100% of the equity interests of TexStar Midstream Services, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“TexStar”), and 100% of the equity interests of TexStar Midstream GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability and the sole general partner of TexStar (“TexStar GP”), in exchange for Membership Interests in the Company and Partnership Interests in the Partnership;
 
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, BBTS and Southcross amended and restated the Original Agreement (as so amended and restated, the “Amended Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, BBTS and Southcross desire to amend and restate the Amended Agreement in its entirety.
 
NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Members hereby agree as follows:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1 Definitions.
 
(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Sections referred to below:
 
Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (Delaware General Corporations Code Sections 18-101, et seq.), as it may be amended from time to time, and any corresponding provisions of succeeding law.  All references to provisions of the Act shall be deemed to refer, if applicable, to their successor statutory provisions to the extent appropriate in light of the context herein in which such references are used.
 
Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
 
(i) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
 
(ii) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6).
 
The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question.  As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however, that with respect to any Member, the term “Affiliate” shall not include the Company, the Partnership or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
 
Agreement” has the meaning given such term in the introductory paragraph, as it may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement.
 
Allocation Period means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the Company’s tax year, (b) any subsequent period commencing on the first
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
day of the Company’s tax year and ending on the last day of the Company’s tax year, or (c) any portion of any period described in clause (a) or (b) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses, and other items of Company income, gain, loss, or deduction pursuant to Section 6.3.
 
Amended Agreement” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
Applicable Law” means (i) any United States federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or permit of any Governmental Authority and (ii) any rule or listing requirement of any applicable national stock exchange or listing requirement of any National Securities Exchange or Commission-recognized trading market on which securities issued by SXE, SXE GP or the Partnership (or any successor to any of the foregoing) are listed or quoted.
 
Assignee” means any Person that acquires a Member’s share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company or any portion thereof through a Disposition; provided, however, that an Assignee shall have no right to be admitted to the Company as a Member except in accordance with Article IV.  The Assignee of a dissolved Member is the shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner or owners of the dissolved Member to whom such Member’s Membership Interest is assigned by the Person conducting the liquidation or winding up of such Member.
 
Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that (i) such Person (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (C) becomes the subject of an order for relief or is declared insolvent in any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (D) files a petition or answer seeking for such Person a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Applicable Law; (E) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against such Person in a proceeding of the type described in subclauses (A) through (D) of this clause (i); or (E) seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties; or (ii) a proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any Applicable Law has been commenced against such Person and 120 Days have expired without dismissal thereof or with respect to which, without such Person’s consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties has been appointed and 90 Days have expired without the appointment’s having been vacated or stayed, or 90 Days have expired after the date of expiration of a stay, if the appointment has not previously been vacated.  The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in the Act.
 
BlackBrush TexStar” means BlackBrush TexStar LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
Board” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.1(c).
 
BBTS” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph and includes any successor to BBTS and any transferee of all but not less than all of BBTS’ Partnership Interests.
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
BBTS Distribution” means a distribution by BBTS or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of BlackBrush TexStar of all (and not less than all) of the Partnership Units held by BBTS and wholly-owned Subsidiaries of BlackBrush TexStar to members of the TW Group and EIG Group in proportion to their respective ownership interests (which may be calculated on a fully-diluted basis) in BlackBrush TexStar.
 
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in New York City, New York or Dallas, Texas, are authorized or obligated by law to close.
 
Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the capital account maintained for such Member in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(i) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3(d), and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or that are secured by any property (other than money) distributed to such Member.
 
(ii) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3(d), and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or that are secured by any property (other than money) contributed by such Member to the Company.
 
(iii) If all or a portion of a Membership Interest is Disposed of accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Assignee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the Membership Interest so Disposed of.
 
(iv) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of the foregoing subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this definition of “Capital Account,” Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations shall be taken into account.
 
The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.
 
Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the Gross Asset Value of any tangible or intangible property (other than money) contributed to the capital of the Company by such Member. Any reference in this Agreement to the Capital Contribution of a Member shall include any Capital Contribution of its predecessors in interest.
 
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
Certificate” means a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the Board, issued by the Company evidencing ownership of one or more Units.
 
Claim” means any and all judgments, claims, causes of action, demands, lawsuits, suits, proceedings, Governmental investigations or audits, losses, assessments, fines, penalties, administrative orders, obligations, costs, expenses, liabilities and damages (whether actual, consequential or punitive), including interest, penalties, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and costs of investigations, deficiencies, levies, duties and imposts.
 
Closing Agreement” means that Closing Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2014, among BBTS, Southcross, the Partnership, SXE, Southcross Energy GP LLC and TexStar.
 
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Company” has the meaning given such term in the introductory paragraph.
 
Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d)(1) for the phrase “partnership minimum gain.”
 
Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement dated as of June 11, 2014 among Southcross, BBTS and the Partnership.
 
Controlling Entities” means the Members and their respective Affiliates (other than the Company, the Partnership Group, SXE GP and the SXE Group).
 
Day” or “day” means a calendar day; provided, however, that, if any period of Days referred to in this Agreement shall end on a Day that is not a Business Day, then the expiration of such period shall be automatically extended until the end of the next succeeding Business Day.
 
Deficit Capital Account” has the meaning given such term in Section 12.3.
 
Delaware Certificate” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.1.
 
Depletable Property” means each separate oil and gas property as defined in Section 614 of the Code owned from time to time by the Partnership as a result of a Capital Contribution, acquisition or otherwise.
 
Depreciationmeans, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction (other than Simulated Depletion) allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that (i) with respect to any property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such year or other period will be the amount of book basis recovered for such Allocation Period or other period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2) and (ii) with respect to any other property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation for such year or other period will be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period is zero, Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Company.
 
Designating Party” means (i) prior to a BBTS Distribution, each of BBTS and Southcross (or any of their respective Assignees to which such Designating Party assigns its rights to designate Directors as permitted under Section 7.2(c)), so long as such Person has a Sharing Ratio of at least 10% and has the right to designate a Director pursuant to Section 7.2(b), and (ii) from and after a BBTS Distribution, each of EIG, TW Aggregator and Southcross (or any of their respective Assignees to which such Designating Party assigns its rights to designate Directors as permitted under Section 7.2(c)), so long as such Person (or its Permitted Transferees or, in the case of EIG or TW Aggregator any other member of the EIG Group or TW Group, respectively, to whom Partnership Units are distributed pursuant to a BBTS Distribution) has a Sharing Ratio of at least 10% (with the Sharing Ratio of the EIG Group, collectively, and the TW Group, collectively, being taken into account for purposes of determining whether such 10% threshold is satisfied by a member of the EIG Group or TW Group, respectively, to which such rights to designate Directors is assigned) and has the right to designate a Director pursuant to Section 7.2(b).
 
Director” or “Directors” means a member or members of the Board.
 
Dispose” or “Disposition” means with respect to any asset (including a Membership Interest or any portion thereof), a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, gift, exchange or other disposition of such asset, whether such disposition be voluntary, involuntary or by operation of Applicable Law.
 
Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.9(a).
 

Dissolution Event” has the meaning given such term in Section 12.1(a).
 
DWB” means David W. Biegler.
 
Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.
 
EIG” means EIG BlackBrush Holdings, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
EIG Group” means EIG, TCW Energy Fund XIV, L.P., TCW Energy Fund XIV-A, L.P., TCW Energy Fund XIV (Cayman), L.P., TCW Energy Fund XIV-B, L.P., Energy XIV Blocker (BlackBrush), LLC, Energy Fund XV, L.P., Energy Fund XV-A, L.P., Energy Fund XV (Cayman), L.P., Energy Fund XV-B, L.P., Energy XV Blocker (BlackBrush), LLC, EIG Management Company, LLC and their respective Affiliates and any investment fund or separate account managed by any of the foregoing.
 
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
Equity Securities” means all forms of equity securities in the Company (including Units) or the Partnership, as applicable, all securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities in the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, and all options, warrants, and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire equity securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, from the Company or the Partnership, as applicable.
 
Extended Deficiency” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Extended Deficiency Directors” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.2(c).
 
Extended Deficiency Period” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.
 
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States.
 
Governmental Authority” or “Governmental” means any federal, state or local court or governmental or regulatory agency or authority or any arbitration board, tribunal or mediator having jurisdiction over the Company or its assets or Members.
 
Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
(i) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of said asset, as determined by the contributing Member and the Board, in a manner that is consistent with Section 7701(g) of the Code and this Agreement;
 
(ii) The Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Board, in a manner that is consistent with Section 7701(g) of the Code and this Agreement, as of the following times: (a) the acquisition of an additional Membership Interest by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution or as consideration for the performance of services on behalf of the Company; (b) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property other than money as consideration for an Membership Interest; (c) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) and (d) at such other times as the Company may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2; provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above shall be made only if the Board reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;
 
(iii) The Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market value (taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account) of such asset on the date of distribution; and
 
(iv) The Gross Asset Values of any Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and the definition of Capital Account; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) to the extent the Tax Matters Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to the foregoing subparagraph (ii) of this definition is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).
 
If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to the foregoing subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iv), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses and for purposes of computing Simulated Depletion and other items allocated pursuant to Article VI.
 
Indemnitee” means (i) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the Company (other than any Person in the SXE Group), (ii) any Person who is or was a member, manager, partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Person in the SXE Group), (iii) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Person in the SXE Group) as an member, manager, partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, however, that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services and (iv) any Person the Company designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.
 
Independent Director” means a director satisfying the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange or any National Securities Exchange on which any securities of SXE are listed from time to time and of the Commission, as amended from time to time, pertaining to qualification for service on an audit committee.
 
Initial Investor Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.5.
 

Initial Investors” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Liquidity Event” means a (i) Qualified IPO and (ii) any other event wherein cash or cash equivalent proceeds to the Members (and any Assignees) on account of their respective Sharing Ratios in the Company and the Partnership are generated outside the ordinary operation of the Partnership Group in conjunction with a Disposition of equity of the Company and/or the Partnership Group (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) or all or any material portion of the assets of the Company and the Partnership Group.
 
Liquidity Event Notice” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.13(a).
 
Majority Vote” means a majority of the affirmative votes cast by all Directors entitled to vote on such matter, which shall be determined as follows: (i) the Directors designated by PMM and DWB shall not be entitled to vote and shall be disregarded for purposes of determining a Majority Vote, (ii) the Extended Deficiency Directors, if any, shall each be entitled to 0.5 votes on such matter, and (iii) each other Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote on such matter.
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
 
Member” means any Person executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as a member of the Company or hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member in the Company.
 
Member Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
 
Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4) for the phrase “partner nonrecourse debt.”
 
Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) for the phrase “partner nonrecourse deductions.”
 
Membership Interest” means, with respect to any Member, (i) that Member’s status as a Member; (ii) that Member’s share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company; (iii) all other rights, benefits and privileges enjoyed by that Member (under the Act, this Agreement, or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member, including that Member’s rights to vote, consent and approve and otherwise to participate in the management of the Company; and (iv) all obligations, duties and liabilities imposed on that Member (under the Act, this Agreement or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member.
 
National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (or any successor to such section).
 
Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c).
 
Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
Notices” has the meaning given such term in Section 13.2.
 
Original Agreement” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
Other Business” has the meaning given such term in Section 3.9.
 
Partnership” means Southcross Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
Partnership Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the Effective Date, as it may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement.
 
Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
Partnership Interests” means an Interest as defined in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Partnership Units” means a Unit as defined in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Permitted Transferee” means (i) as to BBTS, any wholly-owned Subsidiary of BlackBrush TexStar, (ii) as to TW Aggregator, any Affiliate of TW Aggregator controlled by any member of the TW Group, (iii) as to EIG, any Affiliate of EIG controlled by any member of the EIG Group, (iv) as to Southcross, any Affiliate of Southcross controlled by any member of the Southcross Group and (v) as any other Member, any Person controlled by the Ultimate Parent of such Member.
 
Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
 
PMM” means Philip M. Mezey.
 
Profits” and “Losses” means, for each Allocation Period or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Allocation Period or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):
 
(i) any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses will increase the amount of such income and/or decrease the amount of such loss;
 
(ii) any expenditure of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses, will decrease the amount of such income and/or increase the amount of such loss;
 
(iii) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Company assets (other than Depletable Property) where such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value;
 
(iv) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of a Depletable Property shall be treated as being equal to the corresponding Simulated Gain or Simulated Loss, as applicable;
 
(v) in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such income or loss, Depreciation will be taken into account for such Allocation Period or other period;
 
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
 
(vi) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset included in Company assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 7430 is required pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Interest, the amount of such adjustment will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and will be taken into account for the purposes of computing Profits and Losses;
 
(vii) if the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (ii) or subparagraph (iii) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” above, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account in the Allocation Period of such adjustment as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and
 
(viii) notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of Profits and Losses, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3(d) hereof will not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
 

The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3(b) hereof will be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of Profits and Losses.
 
Public Offering” means the sale in a firm underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of any class of Equity Securities of the Partnership (or any successor thereto).
 
Qualified IPO” means any transaction that results in at least $75 million of Equity Securities of the Partnership or any successor thereto (if and only if the Partnership or such successor has no assets other than ownership in SXE GP or any successor thereto) or SXE GP (or any successor thereto) being publicly traded pursuant to an underwritten public offering of securities.
 
Registration Rights Agreement” means a registration rights agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Member entering into such agreement, relating to the registration of Equity Securities of the applicable issuer held by such Member.
 
Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.9(a).
 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Sharing Ratio” means, subject in each case to adjustments in accordance with this Agreement or in connection with Dispositions of Membership Interests, (i) in the case of a Member executing this Agreement as of the Effective Date or a Person acquiring such Member’s Membership Interest, the percentage specified for that Member as its Sharing Ratio on Exhibit A, and (ii) in the case of Membership Interests issued pursuant to Section 3.1, the Sharing Ratio established pursuant thereto; provided, however, that the total of all Sharing Ratios shall always equal 100%.
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
 
Simulated Basisshall mean the book value of any Depletable Property. The Simulated Basis of each Depletable Property shall be allocated to each Member in accordance with Member’s Sharing Ratio as of the time such Depletable Property is contributed to or acquired by the Company (and any additions to such Simulated Basis resulting from expenditures required to be capitalized in such Simulated Basis shall be allocated among the Members in a manner designed to cause the Members’ proportionate shares of such Simulated Basis to be in accordance with their Sharing Ratio as determined at the time of any such additions), and shall be reallocated among the Members in accordance with the Members’ Sharing Ratios as determined immediately following the occurrence of an event giving rise to an adjustment to the book values of the Company’s Depletable Properties pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value.
 
Simulated Depletionshall mean, with respect to each Depletable Property, a depletion allowance computed in accordance with federal income tax principles (as if the Simulated Basis of the property were its adjusted tax basis) and in the manner specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(k)(2). For purposes of computing Simulated Depletion with respect to any Depletable Property, the Simulated Basis of such property shall be deemed to be the book value of such property, and in no event shall such allowance, in the aggregate, exceed such Simulated Basis. For purposes of computing Simulated Depletion, the Company will apply on a property by property basis the simulated percentage depletion method or the simulated cost depletion method, as determined by the Company, under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(k)(2).
 
Simulated GainorSimulated Lossshall mean the simulated gain or simulated loss computed by the Company with respect to each amount of gain or loss realized from the sale or other disposition of Depletable Property as calculated in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(k)(2).
 
Southcross” has the meaning given such term in the introductory paragraph.
 
Southcross Group” means Southcross and its members, and their Affiliates.
 
Super Majority Decisions has the meaning given such term in Section 7.11(c).
 
SXE” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
SXE GP” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
SXE GP Board” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.11(a).
 
SXE Group” means SXE and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.
 
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (ii) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, or (iii) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (A) at least a majority ownership interest or (B) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, SXE shall not be considered a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
Tax Amount” means has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(ii).
 
Tax Distribution” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(b)(i).
 
Tax Matters Member” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3.
 
TexStar” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
TexStar GP” has the meaning given such term in the recitals.
 
Treasury Regulations” means the regulations (including temporary regulations) promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Treasury Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar or substitute, temporary or final Treasury Regulations.
 
TW” means Tailwater Capital LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
 
TW Aggregator” means BBTS Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
TW Group” has the meaning given such term in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Unit” means a unit representing a Membership Interest.
 
Veto Interest” means with respect to (i) each of Southcross and, from and after a BBTS Distribution, EIG and TW, such Person has a Sharing Ratio that is at least 50% of the Veto Ratio set forth opposite such Person’s name on Exhibit D (with the Sharing Ratio of the EIG Group, collectively, and the TW Group, collectively, being taken into account for purposes of determining whether such 50% threshold is satisfied by a member of the EIG Group or TW Group, respectively), (ii) BBTS prior to a BBTS Distribution, BBTS has a Sharing Ratio that is at least 50% of the Veto Ratio set forth opposite BBTS’ name on Exhibit D, (iii) an Assignee of Southcross or BBTS (other than pursuant to a BBTS Distribution) (or any subsequent Assignee), such Assignee has a Sharing Ratio that is at least 50% of the Veto Ratio set forth opposite the name of the original transferors of such Units (e.g., Southcross or BBTS (other than pursuant to a BBTS Distribution)) on Exhibit D and (iv) after a BBTS Distribution, an Assignee of TW or EIG (or any subsequent Assignee), such Assignee has a Sharing Ratio that is at least equal to 50% of the Veto Ratio set forth opposite TW or EIG’s name, on Exhibit D.
 
 
 
 
13

 
 
 
 
Voting Support” by a Member with respect to a given action means that such Member will (i) appear at any equity holder meeting of the Company to consider such action or otherwise cause its applicable Membership Interest owned by such Member (or any of its Affiliates) as of the relevant time to be counted as present for purposes of calculating a quorum for such purpose, and respond to any other request by the Company for written consent, if any, with respect to such action, (ii) vote, or cause to be voted, all of its applicable Membership Interests (A) in favor of the approval of such action, and (B) against any action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to interfere with, delay or attempt to discourage the consummation of such action, and (iii) cause the directors appointed by it to (A) the Board or (B) the SXE GP Board, to appear at any meeting of the Board or the SXE GP Board to consider such action and direct such directors to vote (y) in favor of the approval of such action, and (z) against any action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to interfere with, delay or attempt to discourage the consummation of such action.
 
Withdraw,” “Withdrawing” or “Withdrawal” means the withdrawal, resignation or retirement of a Member from the Company as a Member. Such terms shall not include any Dispositions of Membership Interest (which are governed by Article IV), even though the Member making a Disposition may cease to be a Member as a result of such Disposition.
 
(b) Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given them.
 
Section 1.2 Construction.  Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
 
ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1 Formation.  The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Delaware Certificate”) on June 9, 2014 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Act.
 
Section 2.2 Name.  The name of the Company is “Southcross Holdings GP LLC” and all Company business must be conducted in that name and such other names that comply with Applicable Law as the Board or the Members may select.
 
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office.  The name of the Company’s registered agent for service of process is The Corporation Trust Company, and the address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The principal place of business of
 
 
 
14

 
 
 
the Company shall be located at 1700 Pacific Avenue, Suite 2900, Dallas, Texas 75201.  The Board may change the Company’s registered agent or the location of the Company’s registered office or principal place of business as the Board may from time to time determine.
 
Section 2.4 Purposes.  The purpose of the Company is to own, acquire, hold, Dispose of and exercise the rights and powers relating to the Partnership or other interests of the Partnership, and act as general partner or other interest holder of, the Partnership as described in the Partnership Agreement and to engage in any lawful business or activity ancillary or related to the foregoing.  The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act, by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, including such powers and privileges as are necessary or appropriate to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.
 
Section 2.5 Term.  The period of existence of the Company shall end at such time as a certificate of cancellation is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware in accordance with Section 12.4.
 
Section 2.6 No State Law Partnership.  The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (whether general, limited or other) or joint venture, and that no Member shall be a partner or joint venturer with any other Member, for any purposes other than (if the Company has more than one Member) federal and state income tax purposes, and this Agreement may not be construed or interpreted to the contrary.
 
Section 2.7 Certain Undertakings Relating to the Separateness.
 
(a) Separateness Generally.  The Company shall conduct its business and operations separate and apart from those of any other Person (including the Controlling Entities) in accordance with this Section 2.7.
 
(b) Separate Records.  The Company shall (i) maintain its books and records and its accounts separate from those of any other Person, (ii) maintain its financial records, which will be used by it in its ordinary course of business, showing its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person, except its consolidated Subsidiaries, and (iii) file its own tax returns separate from those of any other Person, except (A) to the extent that the Company (x) is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes or (y) is not otherwise required to file tax returns under Applicable Law or (B) as may otherwise be required by Applicable Law.
 
(c) Separate Assets.  The Company shall not commingle or pool its funds or other assets with those of any other Person, except its consolidated Subsidiaries, and shall maintain its assets in a manner in which it is not costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or otherwise identify its assets as separate from those of any other Person.
 
(d) Separate Name.  The Company shall (i) conduct its business in its own name, (ii) use its separate stationery, invoices, and checks, (iii) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity from that of any other Person (including the Controlling Entities), and (iv) generally hold itself out as an entity separate from any other Person (including the Controlling Entities).
 
 
 
 
15

 
 
 
 
(e) Separate Credit.  The Company shall (i) pay its obligations and liabilities from its own funds (whether on hand or borrowed), (ii) maintain adequate capital in light of its business operations, (iii) not pledge its assets for the benefit of any Person or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person, other than the Company, (iv) not hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations or liabilities of any other Person, (v) not acquire debt obligations or debt securities of the Controlling Entities, (vi) not make loans or advances to any Person, and (vii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the operative documents under which the Company borrows money, is an issuer of debt securities, or guarantees any such borrowing or issuance to contain provisions to the effect that (A) the lenders or purchasers of debt securities, respectively, acknowledge that they have advanced funds or purchased debt securities, respectively, in reliance upon the separateness of the Company from any other Persons, including the Controlling Entities, and (B) the Company has assets and liabilities that are separate from those of other Persons, including the Controlling Entities; provided that the Company may engage in any transaction described in clauses (v)-(vi) of this Section 2.7(e) if prior Board approval has been obtained for such transaction and either (A) the Board has determined that the borrower or recipient of the credit support is not then insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent as a result of such transaction or (B) in the case of transactions described in clause (v), such transaction is completed through a public auction or a National Securities Exchange.
 
(f) Separate Formalities.  The Company shall (i) observe all limited liability company formalities, and other formalities required by its organizational documents, the laws of Delaware and other Applicable Laws, (ii) engage in transactions with any Controlling Entity only if approved in accordance with this Agreement and (iii) promptly pay, from its own funds, and on a current basis, its allocable share of general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures, and costs for shared services performed by any member of the Controlling Entities.  Each material contract between the Company, on the one hand, and any of the Controlling Entities, on the other hand, shall be in writing.
 
(g) No Effect.  Failure by the Company to comply with any of the obligations set forth above shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity, with its separate assets and separate liabilities or restrict or limit the Company from engaging or contracting with any of the Controlling Entities for the provision of services or the purchase or sale of products.
 
ARTICLE III
 
MEMBERSHIP
 
Section 3.1 Membership Interests; Units; Additional Members.  Southcross and BBTS are the sole Members of the Company at the Effective Date as reflected in Exhibit A.  Assignees may be admitted to the Company as Members in accordance with Section 4.3 and purchasers of additional Equity Securities may be admitted to the Company as Members in accordance with Section 5.2(b).  Any such admission shall be effective only after such new Member has executed and delivered to the Members and the Company an instrument containing the notice address of the new Member and the new Member’s ratification of this Agreement and agreement to be bound by it.  Membership Interests in the Company shall be represented by Units with each Unit
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
representing one percent of the Sharing Ratios.  Upon the Company’s issuance of Units to any Person, the Company shall issue, upon the request of such Person, one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued.  The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware.
 
Section 3.2 Liability.
 
(a) No Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b) The Members agree that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members in their capacities as members of the Company are only as set forth in this Agreement.  Furthermore, the Members agree that the existence of any rights of a Member, or the exercise or forbearance from exercise of any such rights, shall not create any duties or obligations of the Member in its capacity as a member of the Company, nor shall such rights be construed to enlarge or otherwise to alter in any manner the duties and obligations of such Member.
 
Section 3.3 Withdrawal.  A Member does not have the right or power to Withdraw.
 
Section 3.4 Meetings.  A meeting of the Members may be called at any time at the request of any Member with a Sharing Ratio of at least 10%.
 
Section 3.5 Notice.  Written notice of all meetings of the Members must be given to all Members at least one Business Day prior to any meeting of Members.  All notices and other communications to be given to Members shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder (i) if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service, then upon receipt, (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, then three days after the date of mailing, or (iii) if sent by e-mail, telegram or facsimile, then when received.  All such notices and communications shall be directed to the address, e-mail address or facsimile number of each Member as such Member shall designate by notice to the Company.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Members need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to this Agreement, as provided herein.  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the Members are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting either before or after such meeting.
 
Section 3.6 Action of Members.  Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or by this Agreement, all decisions reserved to the Members hereunder shall require the affirmative vote of the Members owning a majority of Sharing Ratios present at a meeting at which a quorum is present in accordance with Section 3.8.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Members may act without a meeting and without prior notice so long as the Members who would be required to take such action at a duly held meeting shall have executed and delivered to the Company a written consent with respect to any such action taken in lieu of a meeting.
 
Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings.  Any Member may participate in a meeting of the Members or by means of conference telephone or similar communications
 
 
 
17

 
 
 
equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
Section 3.8 Quorum.  The Members owning a majority of Sharing Ratios, present in person or participating in a meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
 
Section 3.9 Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest.  (a) The Members expressly acknowledge that (i) each Member and its Affiliates are permitted to have, and may in the future have, direct and/or indirect investments and/or other business relationships with entities engaged in the business of the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries other than through the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries and that are, may or will be competitive with the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group and/or their respective Subsidiaries (an “Other Business”), (ii) each Member and its Affiliates may develop a strategic relationship with businesses that are and may be competitive or complementary with the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (iii) no Member or any of its Affiliates will be prohibited from pursuing and engaging in any activities by virtue of its investment in the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries or its or their service on the Board, the SXE GP Board or any governing body of any of the Partnership Group, the SXE Group, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (iv) no Member or any of its Affiliates will be obligated to inform or present to the Company, the Board, the SXE GP Board or the governing body of any of the Partnership Group, the SXE Group, or any of their respective Subsidiaries any such opportunity, relationship or investment, (v) the other Members will not acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any Other Business as a result of the participation therein by another Member or any of its Affiliates, (vi) the involvement of a Member and its Affiliates in any Other Business will not constitute a conflict of interest by such Persons with respect to the Company, the Partnership Group, the SXE Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the other Members, and (vii) none of the foregoing shall constitute a conflict of interest or breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to the Company or any other Member.  Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Agreement or any duty, otherwise existing at law or in equity, the doctrine of corporate opportunity or any analogous doctrine shall not apply to any Member or any of their Affiliates.
 
(b) Without limiting Section 3.9(a) (and in furtherance of Section 7.12), to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company and each Member waives all fiduciary duties and all liability of any Member and any Director (in its capacity as a Member or Director, as applicable, but not in its capacity as an Officer of the Company, if applicable) for breaches of fiduciary duties; provided, however, that such waiver does not extend to liability for any action or omission that constitutes a bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
 
 
 
 
18

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1 General Restriction.  A Member may not Dispose of all or any portion of its Membership Interests except in strict accordance with this Article IV; provided, however, that a Member shall not Dispose of its Membership Interests unless such Member is permitted to Dispose of its Partnership Units under the Partnership Agreement, and if so permitted, the provisions of Section 4.2 shall govern the number of Units subject to such Disposition.  References in this Article IV to Dispositions of a Membership Interest shall also refer to Dispositions of a portion of a Membership Interest.  Any attempted Disposition of a Membership Interest, other than in strict accordance with this Article IV, shall be, and is hereby declared, null and void ab initio.  The Members agree that a breach of the provisions of this Article IV may cause irreparable injury to the Company and to the other Members for which monetary damages (or other remedies at law) are inadequate in view of (a) the complexities and uncertainties in measuring the actual damages that would be sustained by reason of the failure of a Member to comply with such provision and (b) the uniqueness of the business of the Company and the relationship among the Members.  Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Article IV may be enforced by specific performance.
 
Section 4.2 Disposition Restrictions.
 
(a) In the event that Southcross or any of its Permitted Transferees Dispose to an unaffiliated third party transferee any of their Partnership Units (or exchanges its Partnership Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to Section 3.16 of the Partnership Agreement), such Person shall also be required to Dispose to such transferee, and such transferee shall be required to accept the Disposition of, a portion of the Units held by such Person equal to the number of outstanding Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Partnership Units so Disposed of and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition;
 
(b) In the event of a BBTS Distribution, BBTS or any of its Permitted Transferees shall also be required to Dispose to each member of the TW Group and each member of the EIG Group to whom Partnership Units are distributed, and each such member of the TW Group and the EIG Group shall be required to accept the Disposition of, a portion of the Units held by BBTS and its Permitted Transferees equal to the number of outstanding Units held by BBTS and its Permitted Transferees immediately prior to such Disposition multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Partnership Units so Disposed of to such Person and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units held by BBTS and its Permitted Transferees immediately prior to such BBTS Distribution; provided that upon the BBTS Distribution, BBTS may Transfer its Units to a single member of the TW Group to which the greatest number of Partnership Units distributed to the TW Group is distributed and to a single member of the EIG  Group to which the greatest number of Partnership Units distributed to the EIG Group is distributed;
 
 
 
 
19

 
 
 
 
(c) In the event that, after a BBTS Distribution, any member of the EIG Group or their Permitted Transferees Dispose to an unaffiliated third party transferee any of its Partnership Units (or exchanges its Partnership Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to Section 3.16 of the Partnership Agreement), such Person shall also be required to Dispose to such transferee, and such transferee shall be required to accept the Disposition of, a portion of the Units held by such Person equal to the number of outstanding Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Partnership Units so Disposed of and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition;
 
(d) In the event that, after a BBTS Distribution, any Member of the TW Group or their Permitted Transferees Dispose to an unaffiliated third party transferee any of its Partnership Units (or exchanges its Partnership Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to Section 3.16 of the Partnership Agreement), such Person shall also be required to Dispose to such transferee, and such transferee shall be required to accept the Disposition of, a portion of the Units held by such Person equal to the number of outstanding Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Partnership Units so Disposed of and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition.
 
(e) If any other Member (including BBTS prior to a BBTS Distribution) Disposes to an unaffiliated third party transferee any of its Partnership Units (or exchanges its Partnership Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to Section 3.16 of the Partnership Agreement), such Member shall also be required to Dispose to such transferee, and such transferee shall be required to accept the Disposition of, a portion of the Units held by such Person equal to the number of outstanding Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Partnership Units so Disposed of and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units held by such Person immediately prior to such Disposition.
 
Section 4.3 Admission of Assignee as a Member.  An Assignee has the right to be admitted to the Company as a Member, with the Membership Interests, including the attendant Sharing Ratio and rights of the transferring Member (e. g., any rights as a Designating Party and any rights of a Designating Party with a Veto Interest) so transferred to such Assignee, only if such Disposition is effected in strict compliance with this Article IV.
 
Section 4.4 Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions.  Any Disposition of Membership Interests may be made only if the Board shall have received an executed written joinder agreement of the transferee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board, whereby the transferee, if applicable, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to Members.  Unless waived by the Board, a Disposition of Membership Interests may be made only if (a) such Disposition would not violate the Securities Act or any state securities or blue sky laws applicable to the Company or the Membership Interest to be transferred; (b) such Disposition would not cause the Company to be considered a publicly traded partnership under Code Section 7704(b); (c) such Disposition would not cause the Company to lose its status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; (d) such Disposition would not require the Company to register as an investment adviser under the
 
 
 
20

 
 
 
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and (e) the transferor or transferee shall pay or reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Disposition and, if also desired, admission of the Assignee as a Member.  Unless waived by the Board, the transferor of Membership Interests shall, prior to the effectiveness of such Disposition, deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, to the effect that such Transfer complies with clauses (a) through (e) of the preceding sentence.
 
ARTICLE V
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Initial Capital Contributions.  Southcross and BBTS, as the sole Members of the Company as of the Effective Date, have respectively made or are deemed to have made the Capital Contribution set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions by Members.

(a) If, at any time, the Board determines that the Company is in need of additional capital, then, with the prior written consent of each Member, each Member shall be obligated to contribute in cash such capital, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 5.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, pro rata in accordance with its Sharing Ratio in effect at the time of such contribution.
 
(b) Except as set forth in this Section 5.2, no Member will be (i) permitted to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company without the prior approval of the Board or (ii) required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company.

Section 5.3 Loans.  If the Company does not have sufficient cash to pay its obligations, any Member(s) that may agree to do so may advance all or part of the needed funds to or on behalf of the Company at an interest rate and on other terms approved by the Board in accordance with this Agreement.  An advance described in this Section 5.3 constitutes a loan from the Member to the Company, bears interest at such rate from the date of the advance until the date of payment and is not a Capital Contribution.
 
Section 5.4 Return of Contributions.  Except as expressly provided herein, no Member is entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions.  A Capital Contribution remaining unpaid by the Company is not a liability of the Company or of any Member.  A Member is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Company to enable the Company to return any Member’s Capital Contributions.
 
Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.  An individual Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each Member with respect to each class or series of Membership Interest held by such Member.  Upon the Disposition of all or a portion of a Membership Interest, the Capital Account of the Member that is making a Disposition and that is attributable to such Membership
 
 
 
21

 
 
 
Interest shall carry over to the Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l).
 
ARTICLE VI
 
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
 
Section 6.1 Distributions.  (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2, distributions to the Members shall be made only to all Members simultaneously in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios (at the time the amounts of such distributions are determined) and in such aggregate amounts and at such times as shall be determined by the Board; provided, however, that any loans from Members pursuant to Section 5.3 shall be repaid prior to any distributions to Members pursuant to this Section 6.1.
 
(b) 
 
(i) Subject to the availability of sufficient funds (without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than reserves reasonably anticipated to satisfy operating expenses for the 45 days following such date of determination for which sources of funding (including available debt facilities) are not then available), the Company shall distribute to each Member with respect to each taxable quarter of the Company an amount of cash sufficient to permit such Member to satisfy its tax liabilities arising from allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit and guaranteed payments (if any) deemed received by such Member pursuant to Code Section 707(c) (other than guaranteed payments in respect of services performed by such Member) (a “Tax Distribution”), in each case, to the extent attributable to such Member’s Membership Interest in the Company in any taxable quarter for which such an allocation is made, determined using the same principles as described in Section 6.1(b)(ii) (as applicable), but for the taxable quarter in question and adjusted for prior taxable quarters of the tax year and losses and deductions of the Company realized in prior tax years to the extent such losses and deductions have not been offset by income or gain of the Company realized in subsequent taxable periods.  In the event the Company does not have sufficient funds (without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than reserves reasonably anticipated to satisfy operating expenses for the 45 days following such date of determination for which sources of funding (including available debt facilities) are not then available) to make Tax Distributions as and when required by the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain funds necessary to make such Tax Distributions as promptly as possible.
 
(ii) The Tax Distribution payable to the Members shall be pro rata based on the Members’ Sharing Ratios; provided, however, that the Tax Distribution to each Member shall be equal at least to its “Tax Amount.”  As used herein, “Tax Amount” means the product of (x) the Company’s reasonable estimation of the taxable income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and guaranteed payments (to the extent described
 
 
 
22

 
 
 
in Section 6.1(b)(i) above) allocated to such Member for such Allocation Period, multiplied by (y) the highest marginal effective rate of U.S. federal, state and local income tax (including for this purpose any tax under Code Section 1411 or similar provisions of law) applicable to an individual or corporation (whichever has the higher rate) resident in New York, New York, taking account of any difference in rates applicable to ordinary income, capital gains and “qualified dividends,” as such term is defined in Code Section 1(h) and any allowable deductions in respect of such state and local taxes in computing such Member’s liability for U.S. federal income taxes, and such other assumptions as the Company shall reasonably determine.
 

For the avoidance of doubt, in determining the Tax Amount for any Member, there shall be taken into account any items allocated to such Member pursuant to Code Section 704(c) (including any amounts allocable pursuant to the “remedial allocation method” described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d), if applicable), and any items taken into account by such Partner (or its direct or indirect owner) pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 613A(c)(7)(D) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder).
 

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.1(b) to the contrary, for any taxable quarter, if the Company does not have sufficient funds (without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than reserves reasonably anticipated to satisfy operating expenses for the 45 days following such date of determination for which sources of funding (including available debt facilities) are not then available) available to provide all Members with the full amount of their Tax Distributions, then Tax Distributions shall be made to the Members pro rata in proportion to the amount of their respective Tax Distributions.
 
(iv) A final accounting for Tax Distributions shall be made for each Allocation Period after the Company’s actual taxable income has been determined, and any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions a Member received for such taxable year based on such final determination shall promptly be distributed to such Member, and any excess in the amount of Tax Distributions a Member received for such taxable year shall be applied against the subsequent Tax Distributions due to such Member; provided, however, for any Allocation Period, if the Company does not have funds sufficient to distribute to each Member the amount of such Member’s shortfall, then such available funds shall be distributed in a manner and priority analogous to the manner and priority described in Section 6.1(b)(iii) (regarding insufficient funds with respect to a given taxable quarter).  For any Allocation Period, if any shortfall remains for any Member after giving effect to the preceding sentence, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the Tax Distributions payable to such Member in succeeding Allocation Periods until the time such shortfall is paid.  In addition, in the event of any audit adjustment by a taxing authority which affects the amount of taxable income allocated or required to be allocated to the Members in any year, or in the event the Company files an amended return which has such effect, the aggregate amount of Tax Distributions that should have been made with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such audit adjustment or changes reflected in the amended return, as applicable (treating any interest or penalties incurred by any of the Members in
 
 
 
23

 
 
 
 
connection therewith as an addition to the assumed tax liability of such Members), and any excess or shortfall in the resulting amount of Tax Distributions shall be treated in accordance with the preceding two (2) sentences.
 
(v) Tax Distributions shall be considered advanced distributions made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 6.1 and shall reduce such future distributions (including distributions under Section 12.2).
 
(vi) The parties agree that it is not expected that the Company will have any Profit or Loss and, as such, a Tax Distribution under this Section 6.1(b) is unlikely to be needed.

Section 6.2 Distributions on Dissolution and Winding Up.  Upon the dissolution and winding up of the Company, after adjusting the Capital Accounts, if any, for all distributions made under Section 6.1 and all allocations under Article VI, all available proceeds distributable to the Members as determined under Section 12.2 shall be distributed (i) in the manner set forth in Section 6.1(a), or (ii) if the obligation to maintain Capital Accounts has been suspended under Section 13.11, to the sole Member.
 
Section 6.3 Allocations.
 
(a) Profits and Losses.

(i) General Application.  For each Allocation Period, after giving effect to Section 6.3(b), the rules set forth below in this Section 6.3(a) shall apply for the purpose of determining each Member’s allocable share of the items of income, gain, loss and expense of the Company comprising Profits or Losses of the Company for such Allocation Period.

(ii) Hypothetical Liquidation.  The items of income, expense, gain and loss of the Company comprising Profits or Losses for an Allocation Period shall be allocated among the Persons who were Members during such Allocation Period in a manner that shall, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Member at the end of such fiscal year to equal the excess (which may be negative) of:

(A) the amount of the hypothetical distribution (if any) that such Member would receive if, on the last day of the fiscal year, (x) all Company assets were sold for cash equal to their respective Gross Asset Values, taking into account any adjustments thereto for such fiscal year, (y) all Company liabilities were satisfied in cash according to their terms (limited, with respect to each Nonrecourse Liability or any Member Nonrecourse Debt with respect to such Member, to the Gross Asset Values of the assets securing such liability), and (z) the net proceeds thereof (after satisfaction of such liabilities) were distributed in full pursuant to Section 12.2(a)(iii) hereof; over
 
(B) the sum of (x) the amount, if any, without duplication, that such Member would be obligated to contribute to the capital of the Company, (y) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain determined pursuant to
 
 
 
24

 
 
 
Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g), and (z) such Member’s share of Member Minimum Gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 2(i)(5), all computed as of the hypothetical sale described in Section 6.3(a)(ii)(A) hereof;
 
(b) Regulatory Allocations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 6.3(a), the following special allocations will be made in the following order of priority:
 
(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback.  If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during an Allocation Period, then each Member will be allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Period (and, if necessary, for subsequent Allocation Periods) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2).  This Section 6.3(b)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(ii) Member Minimum Gain Chargeback.  If there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Company Allocation Period, each Member who has a share of the Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), will be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Period (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Periods) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 6.3(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iii) Qualified Income Offset.  If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation, or distribution of the type contemplated by Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of income, gain and Simulated Gain will be allocated to all such Members (in proportion to the amounts of their respective deficit Adjusted Capital Accounts) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of such Member as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(b)(iii) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.3 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3(b)(iii) were not in this Agreement.  It is intended that this Section 6.3(b)(iii) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
 
(iv) Gross Income Allocation.  In the event any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Period which is in excess of the sum of (x) the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and (y) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore
 
 
 
25

 
 
 
pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(b)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit Capital Account balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.3 have been made as if Section 6.3(b)(iii) hereof and this Section 6.3(b)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
 
(v) Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss.  If the allocation of Losses, Simulated Depletion or Simulated Losses to a Member as provided in Section 6.3(a) hereof would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account deficit, there will be allocated to such Member only that amount of Losses, Simulated Depletion or Simulated Losses as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account deficit.  The Losses, Simulated Depletion or Simulated Losses that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Member will be allocated to the other Members in accordance with their relative proportion of Units, subject to the limitations of this Section 6.3(b)(v).
 
(vi) Certain Additional Adjustments.  To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with their Interests in the Company in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Members to whom such distribution was made in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
 
(vii) Nonrecourse Deductions.  Nonrecourse Deductions for each Allocation Period of the Company will be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.
 
(viii) Member Nonrecourse Deductions.  Member Nonrecourse Deductions will be allocated each Allocation Period to the Member that bears the economic risk of loss (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2) for the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable.
 
(ix) Simulated Depletion, Simulated Loss.  Simulated Depletion for each Depletable Property, and Simulated Loss upon disposition of Depletable Property, shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to their shares of Simulated Basis in such property.
 
 
 
 
 
26

 
 
 
(c) Tax Allocations.
 
(i) Except as provided in Section 6.3(c)(ii), Section 6.3(c)(iii), and Section 6.3(d) hereof, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Treasury Regulations, each Company item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit will be allocated between the Members as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss, deduction or credit is allocated pursuant to this Article VI.
 
(ii) Tax items with respect to Company assets that are contributed to the Company with a Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Member immediately preceding the date of contribution will be allocated between the Members for income tax purposes pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation.  The Company will account for such variation under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Treasury Regulations in a manner selected pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Closing Agreement.  If the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of “Gross Asset Value” herein, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit with respect to such Company asset will take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such Company asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in a manner consistent with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Treasury Regulations as chosen by the Company. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.3(c)(ii) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and will not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of net Profits, net Losses and any other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
 
(iii) 
 
(A) If the Company recognizes Depreciation Recapture with respect to the sale of any Company asset, (i) the portion of the gain on such sale which is allocated to a Member pursuant to Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) shall be treated as consisting of a portion of the Company’s Depreciation Recapture on the sale and a portion of the balance of the Company’s remaining gain on such sale under principles consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1245-1 and (ii) if, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company recognizes both “unrecaptured section 1250 gain” (as defined in Code Section 1(h)) and gain treated as ordinary income under Code Section 1250(a) with respect to such sale, the amount treated as Depreciation Recapture under Section 6.3(d)(iii) hereof shall be comprised of a proportionate share of both such types of gain.
 
(B) For purposes of this Section 6.3(c)(iii), “Depreciation Recapture” means the portion of any gain from the disposition of an asset of the Company which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) is treated as ordinary income under Code Section 1245, (ii) is treated as ordinary
 
 
 
27

 
 
 
income under Code Section 1250 or (iii) is “unrecaptured section 1250 gain” as such term is defined in Code Section 1(h).
 
(d) Income Tax Allocations with respect to Depletable Properties.
 
(i) Pursuant to Code Section 613A(c)(7)(D) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, cost and percentage depletion deductions with respect to any Depletable Property shall be computed separately by the Members rather than the Company. For purposes of such computations, the federal income tax basis of each Depletable Property shall be allocated to each Member in accordance with such Member’s Sharing Ratio as of the time such Depletable Property is contributed to or acquired by the Company (and any additions to such federal income tax basis resulting from expenditures required to be capitalized in such basis shall be allocated among the Members in a manner designed to cause the Members’ proportionate shares of such adjusted federal income tax basis to be in accordance with their Sharing Ratios as determined at the time of any such additions), and shall be reallocated among the Member in accordance with the Members’ Sharing Ratios as determined immediately following the occurrence of an event giving rise to an adjustment to the Gross Asset Values of the Company’s Depletable Properties pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value.
 
(ii) For purposes of the separate computation of gain or loss by each Member on the taxable disposition of Depletable Property, the amount realized from such disposition shall be allocated (i) first, to the Members in an amount equal to the Simulated Basis in such Depletable Property in proportion to their allocable shares thereof and (ii) second, any remaining amount realized shall be allocated consistent with the allocation of Simulated Gains.
 
(iii) The allocations described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.3(d) are intended to be applied in accordance with the Members’ “interests in partnership capital” under Code Section 613A(c)(7)(D); provided that the Members understand and agree that the Company, in good faith, authorize special allocations of federal income tax basis, income, gain, deduction or loss, as computed for federal income tax purposes, in order to eliminate differences between Simulated Basis and adjusted federal income tax basis with respect to Depletable Properties, in such manner as determined consistent with the principles outlined in Section 6.3(c)(ii).  The provisions of this Section 6.3(d) and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to allocations under Code Section 613A(c)(7)(D) are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(v) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.
 
(iv) Each Member shall separately keep records of its share of the adjusted tax basis in each Depletable Property, adjust such share of the adjusted tax basis for any cost or percentage depletion allowable with respect to such property and use such adjusted tax basis in the computation of its cost depletion or in the computation of its gain or loss on the disposition of such property by the Company. Upon the request of the Company, each Member shall advise the Company of its adjusted tax basis in each
 
 
 
28

 
 
 
Depletable Property and any depletion computed with respect thereto, both as computed in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. The Company may rely on such information and, if it is not provided by the Member, may make such reasonable assumptions as it shall determine with respect thereto.  The Company shall provide each Member with information reasonably requested by such Member to comply with this Section 6.3(d)(iv) and other tax reporting obligations.
 
(e) Other Provisions.
 
(i) For any Allocation Period or other period during which any part of any Interest in the Company is Transferred between the Members or to another Person (other than by pledge of, or grant of a security interest in, such Interest), the portion of the Profits, Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit that are allocable with respect to such part of an Interest in the Company will be apportioned between the Transferor and the Transferee under any method allowed pursuant to Code Section 706 and the applicable Treasury Regulations as determined by the Company, although an interim closing of the books method shall be used if the Transferor agrees to reimburse the Company for reasonable costs incurred.
 
(ii) In the event that the Code or any Treasury Regulations require allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit different from those set forth in this Article V, the Company is hereby authorized to adjust or amend the allocations to the extent necessary to satisfy the Code and any Treasury Regulations, and no such new allocation will give rise to any claim or cause of action by any Member.
 
(iii) For purposes of determining the Members’ proportional share of the Company’s “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Members’ interests in profits will be equal to their respective Sharing Ratios.
 
(iv) Credits.  All tax credits shall be allocated among the Members as determined by the Company, consistent with applicable law.
 
(f) Valuation; Revaluation.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, valuations will be made by the Company or by independent third parties appointed by the Company and deemed qualified by the Company to render an opinion as to the value of the Company’s assets, using such methods and considering such information relating to the investments, assets and liabilities of the Company as the Company or independent third party, as the case may be, may determine in the discretion of the Company.
 
The Parties agree that the Company will not receive a distributive share of profits or losses (or underlying items of income, gain, deduction or loss) from the Partnership.
 
Section 6.4 Varying Interests.  All items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Persons shown on the records of the Company to have been Members as of the last calendar day of the period for which the allocation or distribution is to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any taxable year there is a change in any Member’s Sharing Ratio, the Members agree that their allocable shares of such
 
 
 
29

 
 
 
items for the taxable year shall be determined on any method determined by the Board to be permissible under Code Section 706 and the related Treasury Regulations to take account of the Members’ varying Sharing Ratios.
 
Section 6.5 Withheld Taxes.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state, local or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to the Company or the Members shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Members pursuant to this Article VI for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions, or with respect to allocations, to the Members and to pay over to any federal, state, local or foreign government any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any other federal, state, local or foreign law and shall allocate such amounts to those Members with respect to which such amounts were withheld.
 
Section 6.6 Limitations on Distributions.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or other Applicable Law.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
MANAGEMENT
 
Section 7.1 Management by Board.  (a) The management of the Company is fully reserved to the Members, and the Company shall not have “managers” as that term is used in the Act.  The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Members, who shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company.
 
(b) The Members shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons the Members’ rights and power to manage and control the business and affairs, or any portion thereof, of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Company, and to delegate by a management agreement with or otherwise to other Persons.
 
(c) The Members hereby expressly delegate to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”), to the fullest extent permitted under this Agreement and the Act, all of the Members’ power and authority to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company.  The Board may at any time designate one or more other Persons to be officers of the Company and/or to assist in carrying out the Board’s decisions and the day-to-day activities of the Company.  SXE GP and any officers are not “managers” as that term is used in the Act.  Any officers who are designated as such shall have such titles and authority and perform such duties as the Board may delegate to them.  The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vii).  Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board and any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Board, in each case in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vi).  Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.
 
 
 
 
30

 
 
 
 
Section 7.2 Number; Qualification; Tenure.  (a) The number of Directors constituting the Board shall initially be eight.  A Director need not be a Member.
 
(b) So long as (i) BBTS is a Designating Party, BBTS shall have the right to designate four Directors (two of whom shall be designated by BBTS as “TW Directors” and two of whom shall be designated by BBTS as “EIG Directors”), (ii) Southcross is a Designating Party, Southcross shall have the right to designate two Directors, (iii) PMM is affiliated with the Company or any Designating Party, PMM shall have the right to designate one Director, and (iv) DWB is affiliated with the Company or any Designating Party, DWB shall have the right to designate one Director; and each such Person shall have the sole right to remove (with or without cause), and to fill vacancies with respect to the Director(s) designated by such Person.  Each Director designated by PMM and DWB shall not have any voting rights.  The initial Directors of the Company so designated are set forth on Exhibit B.  Each Director shall serve as a Director of the Company indefinitely (until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal).
 
(c) The right of each Designating Party to designate Directors is transferable, and may be transferred by a Designating Party in whole (and not in part; provided that upon the BBTS Distribution such rights shall be transferred to the members of the TW Group and EIG Group (with rights as to two Directors transferred to each such group, collectively) to whom the Units are distributed (or Transferred as contemplated by Section 4.2(b)) in connection with such BBTS Distribution), to any transferee of Units of such Designating Party (or its Permitted Transferees) to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 4.2, provided such transferee has a Sharing Ratio of at least 10% after giving effect to such transfer (with the Sharing Ratio of the EIG Group, collectively,  and the TW Group, collectively being taken into account for purposes of determining whether such 10% threshold is satisfied by a member of the EIG Group or TW Group, respectively, to which such rights to designate Directors is assigned).  Upon any assignment by a Designating Party of its right to designate Directors, such Designating Party shall cease to be a Designating Party.
 
(d) Upon the occurrence of any Extended Deficiency, the Members shall take such actions as may be required to expand the Board by two (2) Directors and to fill such vacancies with two (2) individuals designated by the Initial Investors (the “Extended Deficiency Directors”) by written notice delivered to each of the Designating Parties.  Such Extended Deficiency Directors shall remain on the Board until termination of such Extended Deficiency Period, and the Initial Investors shall have the sole right to remove (with or without cause) and to fill vacancies created by the removal of any Extended Deficiency Director during any such Extended Deficiency Period.
 
(e) Upon the date (i) a Member ceases to be a Designating Party (A) such Person shall no longer have the right to designate any Director or any member of the SXE GP Board, (B) other than upon BBTS ceasing to be a Designating Party as a result of a BBTS Distribution, the size of the Board shall be reduced by the number of such forfeited board seats and (C) any Director or member of the SXE GP Board designated by such Person shall be deemed to have resigned as a Director or member of the Board and as a member of the SXE GP Board, as applicable, and (ii) an Extended Deficiency Period terminates, (A) the Initial Investors shall no longer have the right to designate any Extended Deficiency Directors in respect of the Extended Deficiency relating thereto, (B) the size of the Board shall be reduced by two (2) and
 
 
 
31

 
 
 
(C) each Extended Deficiency Director shall be deemed to have resigned as a Director.  At any time when the first sentence of Section 7.2(b) or Section 7.2(c) is not applicable, any Director or the entire Board may be removed at any time (with or without cause), by vote of the Members, and the Members will have the right to fill any vacancies on the Board.
 
(f) Any matter involving a conflict between the Company, a Member or any Affiliate of a Member shall be administered on behalf of the Board by the Directors who are disinterested in such matter.
 
Section 7.3 Regular Meetings.  Regular quarterly and annual meetings of the Board shall be held at such time and place as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board.  Notice of such regular quarterly and annual meetings shall not be required.
 
Section 7.4 Special Meetings.  A special meeting of the Board may be called at any time at the request of (a) the Chairman of the Board or (b) any two Directors then in office.
 
Section 7.5 Notice.  Written notice of all special meetings of the Board must be given to all Directors at least one Business Day prior to any special meeting of the Board.  All notices and other communications to be given to Directors shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or three Days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of an e-mail or facsimile, and shall be directed to the address, e-mail address or facsimile number as such Director shall designate by notice to the Company.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to this Agreement, as provided herein.  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the Directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting either before or after such meeting.
 
Section 7.6 Action by Consent of Board.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and this Agreement, the Board, or any committee of the Board, may act without a meeting so long as a written consent with respect to any action taken in lieu of a meeting is signed by not less than the number of Directors (or committee members) entitled to vote that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of the Board (or such committee) at which all Directors (or members of such committee) entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
 
Section 7.7 Conference Telephone Meetings.  Directors or members of any committee of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
Section 7.8 Quorum.  A majority of all Directors entitled to vote, present in person or participating in a Board meeting, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Directors entitled to vote and present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice;
 
 
 
32

 
 
 
provided, however, for purposes of determining a quorum, the Extended Deficiency Directors shall together be counted as only one Director entitled to vote.  Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or this Agreement, all decisions of the Board, or any committee of the Board, shall require a Majority Vote, or the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of any committee of the Board, respectively.  The Directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum.
 
Section 7.9 Committees.
 
(a) Unless agreed by all Designating Parties with a Veto Interest, the Board may not establish any committees of the Board or delegate any of its responsibilities to any committee.
 
(b) A majority of any committee, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 7.7, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of such committee.
 
(c) A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 7.5.  The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.
 
Section 7.10 No Compensation of Directors.  No Director shall receive any compensation from the Company for services provided to the Company in its capacity as a Director (including as a committee member), nor shall any Director be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof.
 
Section 7.11 Voting on Certain Matters.  The Members shall cooperate in good faith, and shall provide all Voting Support necessary, such that:
 
(a) The board of directors of SXE GP (the “SXE GP Board”) shall be composed of seven directors.  The initial directors to serve on the SXE GP Board are set forth on Exhibit C.  So long as (i) BBTS is a Designating Party, BBTS shall have the right to designate four directors to serve on the SXE GP Board (two of whom must be an Independent Director), (ii) Southcross is a Designating Party, Southcross shall have the right to designate two directors to serve on the SXE GP Board (one of whom must be an Independent Director), (iii) following the BBTS Distribution any member of the EIG Group is a Designating Party, such Designating Party shall have the right to designate two directors to serve on the SXE GP Board (one of whom must be an Independent Director) and (iv) following the BBTS Distribution any member of the TW Group is a Designating Party, such Designating Party shall have the right to designate two directors to serve on the SXE GP Board (one of whom must be an Independent Director); provided, however, an Independent Director designated by a Designating Party may be removed upon the vote or consent of a majority of the SXE GP Board (including the approval of the chairman of the SXE GP Board); provided, further, however, that the Designating Party that
 
 
 
33

 
 
 
designated such removed Independent Director shall have the right to designate an Independent Director to replace the removed Independent Director.  The seventh member of SXE GP Board and the chairman of the SXE GP Board shall be determined by a vote or consent of a majority of the other directors on the SXE GP Board; provided, however, the initial chairman of the SXE GP Board shall be DWB until August 4, 2016 (or until his earlier death or resignation).  There shall always be three Independent Directors on SXE GP Board and if a Designating Party has forfeited its right to designate directors to serve on the SXE GP Board, the remaining Designating Party(ies) shall determine such forfeited directors, and if the Designating Parties cannot agree on such directors within 15 Business Days after the deemed resignation of such forfeited directors, the remaining members of the SXE GP Board, by majority vote or consent, shall determine such forfeited directors.
 
(b) The initial Chairman of the Board shall be DWB.  The position of Chairman of the Board shall be filled on an annually rotating basis by the Designating Parties (provided, prior to a BBTS Distribution (and for so long as BBTS is a Designating Party) BBTS shall designate two successor Chairmen to each one designated by Southcross), such that the next Chairman of the Board after DWB’s initial two-year term shall be designated by BBTS (so long as BBTS is a Designating Party) for a term of one year, his successor shall be designated by BBTS (so long as BBTS is a Designating Party) for a term of one year, his successor shall be designated by Southcross (so long as Southcross is a Designating Party), and so on (and after the BBTS Distribution, such rights of BBTS will be exercised by EIG and TW Aggregator, in succession, so long as such Person is a Designating Person).
 
(c) The following actions (the “Super Majority Decisions”) of the Company, any Person in the Partnership Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries will require approval by Majority Vote and the approval of at least one Director designated by each Designating Party that has a Veto Interest:
 
(i) approval by the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) of any matter set forth in Section 6.2(a) or Section 10.1(a) of the Partnership Agreement;
 
(ii) prior to August 4, 2019 (or such shorter period specified in Section 6.2(b) of the Partnership Agreement), approval by the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) of any matter set forth in Section 6.2(b) of the Partnership Agreement;
 
(iii) any Disposition by the Company of any interest in the Partnership, other than in conjunction with the consummation of a Liquidity Event otherwise approved in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(iv) the making of any distribution by the Company, other than in accordance with Section 6.1 and Section 6.2;
 
(v) any incurrence by the Company of indebtedness for borrowed money;
 
 
 
 
34

 
 
 
 
(vi) the appointment, termination or removal by the Company of any Officer of the Company;
 
(vii) approving or making material modifications of the salaries, bonuses or other compensation (including incentive compensation) payable by the Company to any individual (including any employee, Officer, seconded employee, independent contractor, service provider or other individual providing services to the Company or adopt or amend any employee compensation, benefit or incentive plans of the Company;
 
(viii) the Company’s entering into a partnership or a joint venture with any other party for the purpose of carrying on any business;
 
(ix) any amalgamation, reconstruction, liquidation, dissolution, or similar proceedings with respect to the Company, or compromise with the creditors of the Company;
 
(x) any issuance of units, debentures, bonds or any other security by the Company (including units, warrants or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other security of the Company);
 
(xi) other than the Contribution Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, any transaction or series of related transactions (not otherwise expressly permitted herein) between the Company, on the one hand, and any Member or Affiliate of any Member on the other hand;
 
(xii) any amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate;
 
(xiii) making capital calls for the Company;
 
(xiv) any voluntary act of Bankruptcy of the Company;
 
(xv) any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, exchange of securities or merger of the Company;
 
(xvi) any change in the nature of the business of the Company from that described in Section 2.4;
 
(xvii) the Company’s adoption or change of its tax elections, including those for Section 704(c) methods, tax accounting methods or tax reporting positions, except as required by applicable regulatory authorities;
 
(xviii) the formation of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Partnership and its Subsidiaries);
 
(xix) any actions to be taken by the Company and the Partnership in connection with the approval of any Liquidity Event approved pursuant to clause (i)  or clause (ii) above; and
 
 
 
 
35

 
 
 
 
(xx) approval by the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) of any transfer of Partnership Units requiring such approval pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(i) of the Partnership Agreement.
 
(d) The following actions of the Company, any Person in the Partnership Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries will require approval by Majority Vote:
 
(i) after August 4, 2019 (or after such shorter period after which any matter set forth in Section 6.2(b) of the Partnership Agreement no longer requires approval under such Section 6.2), approval by the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) of any matter set forth in Section 6.2(b) of the Partnership Agreement;
 
(ii) approval by the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) of any matter set forth in Section 6.2(c) of the Partnership Agreement;
 
(iii) the approval of any actions to be taken by the Company and the Partnership in connection with any Liquidity Event approved pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii) above.
 
Section 7.12 No Fiduciary Duty.
 
No Director shall owe any fiduciary duty or other duty (including any agency, equitable or quasi-fiduciary duty) to the Company or any other Member in connection with the activities of the Board or any committee thereof, and no Director, and no Designating Party appointing any such Director, shall be obligated to act in the interests of the Company or any other Member.  Any Director in performing his or her obligations under this Agreement shall be entitled to vote, consent, act or omit to act in his sole discretion and/or at the direction of the Person who designated such Director, considering only such factors, including the separate interests of such Person, as such Director chooses to consider (which interests may differ from, and be given priority over, the interests of the Company or any other Member), and any action or failure to act by a Director, taken or omitted in reliance on this Section 7.12 shall not constitute a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty, and all of which are hereby expressly waived) on the part of such Director.  To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Directors shall not be subject to any other or different standards (including fiduciary standards) imposed by this Agreement or the Act or any other Applicable Law or at equity.  The Members acknowledge and agree that the foregoing is intended to comply with the provisions of the Act (including Section 18-1101 of the Act) permitting members of a limited liability company to eliminate fiduciary duties.
 
Section 7.13 Liquidity Event.
 
(a) Liquidity Event.  At any time following February 1, 2019, and (ii) so long as the Partnership (or any successor thereto) has not effected a Qualified IPO, each Designating Party shall each have the right, at each of their express direction and in each of their sole discretion, to direct the Board to take such actions to effect a Qualified IPO (and, after August 4, 2019, a Liquidity Event), upon delivering a written notice thereof to the Board (a “Liquidity Event Notice”) of such decision.
 
 
 
 
36

 
 
 
 
(b) Effecting a Liquidity Event.  Upon receipt of a Liquidity Event Notice or approval by the Board of a Liquidity Event, the Company shall initiate a process to effect a Liquidity Event, including without limitation engaging an independent investment banking firm to advise the Board with respect to consummating such Liquidity Event.  Such investment banking firm shall be selected by the Board (pursuant to the approval standard required for such Liquidity Event) in accordance with Section 7.11(c) or Section 7.11(d), as applicable; provided that if the Board does not select an investment banking firm within 30 days after the date that the Liquidity Event Notice is delivered to the Board the investment banking firm shall be selected by the Directors designated by Designating Party who delivered the Liquidity Event Notice.  The Company shall, and shall cause the Partnership to, execute such engagement and indemnity agreements as such investment banking firm shall require, and the fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Partnership.  The Board shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate a Liquidity Event as soon as practicable following the delivery of a Liquidity Event Notice (provided that the Board shall first use good faith efforts to effect a Qualified IPO prior to effecting any other Liquidity Event unless such Liquidity Event is approved by the Board as a Super Majority Decision pursuant to Section 7.11(c)).
 
(c) Certain Obligations of the Company and the Members.  Upon receipt of a Liquidity Event Notice or approval by the Board of a Liquidity Event, the Company (in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership) shall diligently pursue the consummation of a Liquidity Event in good faith and the Board shall manage the business and affairs of the Company primarily with a view toward the consummation of such Liquidity Event as soon as reasonably practicable following the exercise of such right.  Each Member shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, take all actions, including those set forth in Section 7.13(d), if applicable, reasonably necessary or appropriate to (i) cooperate with the Company (in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership) in working toward the consummation of a Liquidity Event and (ii) cause its Director designees to act in accordance with this Section 7.13 (including replacing its Director designees, if necessary).
 
(d) Public Offering.  If the Board determines that the Liquidity Event shall be a Public Offering:
 
(i) each Member agrees that it will, and will cause its Affiliates and any Director appointed by such Member to, and the Company shall:
 
(A) if the underwriters in any Public Offering request that all Partners hold their Partnership Units for a period of time following the Public Offering, do so and enter into a customary lock-up agreement;
 
(B) complete and execute all consents, questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents as may reasonably be required or advisable in connection with a Public Offering; provided that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties in connection with a Public Offering other than representations and warranties regarding such Person and, if applicable, such Person’s intended method of distribution;
 
 
 
 
37

 
 
 
 
(C) if determined by the Board to be reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with a Public Offering, do all things reasonably necessary or advisable to effect any recapitalization, reorganization, conversion, contribution and/or exchange of Partnership Units into other equity interests and related reorganization of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries; provided that any such recapitalization, reorganization, conversion, contribution and/or exchange does not change the relative rights, obligations and preferences of the partners in the Partnership with respect to their ownership of Partnership Units (or its successor), except in accordance with Section 3.11(b) of the Partnership Agreement;
 
(D) consent to certain additional restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Units or other equity interests in the Partnership (or its successor) which the Board determines may be required in order to permit compliance with the Securities Act or other Applicable Law;
 
(E) use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate any such other reasonable actions required by the Commission or similar Governmental Authority to effect the Public Offering; and
 
(F) make modifications to this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement (or any other agreement then governing the rights and obligations of the Members with respect to the Company or the partners in the Partnership with respect to the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries or any successor to the Company or the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries) as are customary and appropriate for companies that conduct a Public Offering, such modifications to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board.
 
(ii) The Company shall be responsible for its own costs, fees and expenses in connection with a Public Offering and shall reimburse the Members and their Affiliates for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses (excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and similar fees) incurred by them in connection with a Public Offering, including the reasonable costs, fees and expenses of one outside counsel for each Member with, a Sharing Ratio of greater than 10% immediately prior to the occurrence of the Liquidity Event.
 
(iii) If the managing underwriter or the placement agent advises the Partnership, the Company or the Board that the inclusion of securities of the partners in the Partnership requested to be included for sale in a secondary offering in connection with the Public Offering would materially and adversely affect the price, distribution or timing of the offering, then the Partnership shall have the right to exclude all or any portion of such securities of the Partnership from sale in connection with the Public Offering, with such exclusions applied to the partners’ of the Partnership pro rata share (based on the relative percentages of securities to be included in the Public Offering held by the Partners immediately prior to the Public Offering).
 
 
 
 
38

 
 
 
 
(iv) Without limiting Section 7.13(d)(i)(D) above, without the prior written consent of the underwriters managing any Qualified IPO, for a period beginning seven days immediately preceding, and ending on the 180th day following, the effective date of the registration statement used in connection with such offering, no holder of Membership Interests, except pursuant to an effective registration statement as part of such Qualified IPO, shall (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any Membership Interests or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Membership Interests or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Membership Interests, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of such Membership Interests or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (x) transactions relating to such Membership Interests or securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Qualified IPO, (y) Membership Transfers required in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement or (z) conversions of such Membership Interests or securities into other classes of Membership Interests or securities without change of holder.
 
(v) The Members shall cooperate in good faith, and shall provide all Voting Support necessary, such that if equity securities are offered to the public in a Qualified IPO or any secondary offering after a Qualified IPO, each Member will be provided with customary registration rights, including demand and piggyback registration rights (pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement), in any such offering, subject to standard underwriters’ cutback provisions.  The registration rights will be assignable by any Designating Party upon any Disposition by such Designating Party of any interest in the Company to any Assignee who holds at least a 10% Membership Interest after giving effect to such Disposition.  If any Member desires to exercise or exercises any such registration rights, each non-exercising Member shall cooperate with respect to such registration demand, including providing Voting Support.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
OFFICERS
 
Section 8.1 Officers; No Compensation of Officers.  The officers, if any, of the Company shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.  Such officers shall have the authority and duties delegated to each of them, respectively, by the Board from time to time.  The officers of the Company shall include a Chairman of the Board and may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers (including, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents) as the Board from time to time may deem proper.  The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from among the Directors and as provided in Section 7.11(b).  All officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VIII.  The Board or any committee thereof may from time to time elect such other officers (including one or more Vice Presidents, General Counsels, Controllers, Assistant
 
 
 
39

 
 
 
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Company.  Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in this Agreement or as may be prescribed by the Board or such committee, as the case may be from time to time.  Except as approved by the Board in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vii), no officer of the Company shall receive any compensation from the Company for services provided to the Company in his capacity as an officer.
 
Section 8.2 Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the Company shall be elected from time to time by the Board in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vi).  Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until such person’s death or until he shall resign or be removed pursuant to Section 8.9.
 
Section 8.3 Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside, if present, at all meetings of the Board and shall perform such additional functions and duties as the Board may prescribe from time to time.  The Directors also may elect a Vice Chairman of the Board to act in the place of the Chairman of the Board upon his or her absence or inability to act.
 
Section 8.4 Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer, who may be the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board and/or the President, if any, shall have general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.  The Chief Executive Officer may sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to the Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be assigned by this Agreement or prescribed by the Board from time to time.
 
Section 8.5 President.  The President, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board and (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) the Chief Executive Officer, in general, supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Company.  The President may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to the President.  The President shall also perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of President and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
 
Section 8.6 Vice Presidents.  Any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, in the order of seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, if any, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.  They shall also perform the usual and customary duties and have the powers that pertain to such office and generally assist the President by executing contracts and agreements and exercising such other powers and performing such other duties as are delegated to them by the President and as the Board may further prescribe.
 
 
 
 
40

 
 
 
 
Section 8.7 Treasurer.
 
(a) The Treasurer, if any, shall exercise general supervision over the receipt, custody and disbursement of corporate funds.  The Treasurer shall cause the funds of the Company to be deposited in such banks as may be authorized by the Board, or in such banks as may be designated as depositories in the manner provided by resolution of the Board.  The Treasurer shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of the Treasurer and shall have such further powers and duties and shall be subject to such directions as may be granted or imposed from time to time by the Board.
 
(b) Any Assistant Treasurers shall have such authority and perform such duties of the Treasurer as may be provided in this Agreement or assigned to them by the Board or the Treasurer.  Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer in the performance of the duties assigned to the Treasurer, and in assisting the Treasurer, each Assistant Treasurer shall for such purpose have the powers of the Treasurer.  During the Treasurer’s absence or inability, the Secretary’s authority and duties shall be possessed by such Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers as the Board may designate.
 
Section 8.8 Secretary.
 
(a) The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the Members pursuant to Articles III and VII.  The Secretary shall see that all Notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records and the seal, if any, of the Company and affix and attest the seal to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Company under its seal; and shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Secretary by the Board.
 
(b) Any Assistant Secretaries shall have such authority and perform such duties of the Secretary as may be provided in this Agreement or assigned to them by the Board or the Secretary.  Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary in the performance of the duties assigned to the Secretary, and in assisting the Secretary, each Assistant Secretary shall for such purpose have the powers of the Secretary.  During the Secretary’s absence or inability, the Secretary’s authority and duties shall be possessed by such Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries as the Board may designate.
 
Section 8.9 Removal.  Any officer elected, or agent appointed, by the Board may be removed by the Board in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vi) whenever, in the Board’s judgment, the best interests of the Company would be served thereby.  No officer shall have any contractual rights against the Company for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of such person’s successor, such person’s death, such person’s resignation or such person’s removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.
 
 
 
 
41

 
 
 
 
Section 8.10 Vacancies.  A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(vi) for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
Section 9.1 Indemnification; Limitation of Liability.
 
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all Claims or other amounts arising from any and all Claims, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Members shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or lend any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.  Except as required by the Act, and to the fullest extent such limitation is permitted by Applicable Law, no Member shall owe any fiduciary or other duties (including any duty of loyalty or duty of care) to the Company or the other Members.  The Members acknowledge and agree that the foregoing is intended to comply with the provisions of the Act (including Section 18-1101 of the Act) permitting members of a limited liability company to eliminate fiduciary duties.
 
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 9.1.
 
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 9.1 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.
 
(d) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees, the Company and its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Company shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by
 
 
 
42

 
 
 
such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e) For purposes of this Section 9.1, the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to Applicable Law shall constitute “fines”; and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.
 
(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 9.1 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(g) The provisions of this Section 9.1 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
(h) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.1 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company or the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to Claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such Claims may arise or be asserted.
 
(i) THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 9.1 ARE INTENDED BY THE PARTIES TO APPLY EVEN IF SUCH PROVISIONS HAVE THE EFFECT OF EXCULPATING THE INDEMNITEE FROM LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PERSON’S NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR OTHER CONDUCT.
 
Section 9.2 Limited Liability of Indemnitees.
 
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Members or any other Persons who have acquired Membership Interests in the Company for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.
 
 
 
 
43

 
 
 
 
(b) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, such Indemnitee acting in connection with the Company’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(c) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.2 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 9.2 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to Claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such Claims may arise or be asserted.
 
ARTICLE X
 
TAXES
 
Section 10.1 Tax Returns.  The Board shall cause to be prepared and timely filed (on behalf of the Company) all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed by the Company, including (in accordance with Section 7.11(c)(xvii) as required) making all elections on such tax returns.  Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Company’s operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be timely prepared and filed.  The Company shall bear the costs of the preparation and filing of its returns.
 
Section 10.2 Tax Matters.  For so long as there are two or more Members of the Company, no Member shall make any election or take any position that would cause the Company to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 10.3 Tax Matters Member.  The Board shall from time to time designate a Member to act as the “tax matters partner” of the Company pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code or under any similar provision under applicable tax law (the “Tax Matters Member”).  The initial Tax Matters Member shall be BlackBrush TexStar before the BBTS Distribution, and the initial Tax Matters Member after the BBTS Distribution shall be EIG.  The Tax Matters Member shall not take any material action as Tax Matters Member without the consent of the Designating Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed).  The Tax Matters Member shall take such action as may be necessary to cause, to the extent applicable, (x) the Company to make the election described in Section 6231(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code, and (ii) to the extent possible, each Member to become a “notice partner” within the meaning of Section 6223 of the Code.  The Tax Matters Member shall inform each Member of all significant matters that may come to its attention in its capacity as Tax Matters Member by giving notice thereof on or before the fifth Business Day after becoming aware thereof and, within that time, shall forward to each Member copies of all significant written communications it may receive in that capacity.  The Tax Matters Member shall circulate to each Member a draft of all federal and state income tax returns of the Company, and the Company shall cause the Partnership to circulate to each Member a draft of all federal and state income tax returns of the Partnership, in each case not later than 15 days prior to the due date for filing of such return(s), and upon any Member’s
 
 
 
44

 
 
 
reasonable request, the Tax Matters Member shall consult with such Member regarding such returns.  The Company shall not be obligated to pay any fees or other compensation to the Tax Matters Member in its capacity as such, provided, that the Company shall reimburse the Tax Matters Member for any and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in its capacity as the Tax Matters Member.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, without the approval of the Board, the Tax Matters Member shall not in its capacity as Tax Matters Member make any material decisions or enter into any material agreements on behalf of the Company or the other Members if such decisions or agreements may reasonably be considered to have a material and adverse effect upon the Company or any other Member; for the avoidance of doubt, any settlement agreements with the Internal Revenue Service or consent to extend the period of limitation as contemplated by Section 6229(b)(1)(B) of the Code shall be considered such a material agreement.
 
Section 10.4 Tax Information.  Each Member shall provide the Company with any information related to such Member necessary to (i) allow the Company to comply with any tax reporting, tax withholding or tax payment obligations of the Company or (ii) establish the Company’s legal entitlement to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax, including U.S. federal withholding tax under Sections 1471 and 1472 of the Code.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
 
Section 11.1 Maintenance of Books.
 
(a) The Board shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other location approved by the Board complete and accurate books and records of the Company, supporting documentation of the transactions with respect to the conduct of the Company’s business and minutes of the proceedings of the Board and any other books and records that are required to be maintained by Applicable Law.
 
(b) The books of account of the Company shall be maintained on the basis of a fiscal year that is the calendar year and on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.
 
Section 11.2 Reports and Inspection.  (a) So long as a Member has a Sharing Ratio of at least 1%, the Board shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member such reports, forecasts, studies, budgets and other information as the Member may reasonably request from time to time, including periodic financial statements (not less than quarterly) and access to all operating and financial data provided to the senior lenders of the Company or any Person in the Partnership Group; provided, however, that this Section 11.2 shall not obligate the Company to create any information that does not already exist at the time of such request (other than to convert existing information from one medium to another, such as providing a printout of information that is stored in a computer database).
 
 
 
 
45

 
 
 
 
(b) The Company shall permit each Member that has a Sharing Ratio of at least 1%, at such Member’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Member; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 11.2(b) to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.
 
(c) At the request of a Designating Party, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, enter into a management rights letter in form and substance satisfactory to such Designating Party and the Company.
 
Section 11.3 Bank Accounts.  Funds of the Company shall be deposited in such banks or other depositories as shall be designated from time to time by the Board.  All withdrawals from any such depository shall be made only as authorized by the Board and shall be made only by check, wire transfer, debit memorandum or other written instruction.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
 
Section 12.1 Dissolution.
 
(a) The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each a “Dissolution Event”):
 
(i) the unanimous consent of the Designating Parties; or
 
(ii) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under the Act; or
 
(iii) at any time there are no Members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Act or this Agreement.
 
(b) No other event shall cause a dissolution of the Company.
 
(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes there to be no Members of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of the last remaining Member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of a personal representative of a Member or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute Member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company.
 
 
 
 
46

 
 
 
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and, upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.
 
Section 12.2 Winding-Up and Termination.
 
(a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Board shall act as, or alternatively appoint, a liquidator.  The liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act.  The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense.  The steps to be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:
 
(i) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final winding up, the liquidator shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last Day of the month in which the dissolution occurs or the final winding up is completed, as applicable;
 
(ii) the liquidator shall discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in winding up or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent, conditional and unmatured liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine); and
 
(iii) all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as follows:
 
(A) the liquidator may sell any or all Company property, including to Members, and any resulting gain or loss from each sale shall be computed and allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members in accordance with the provisions of Article VI;
 
(B) with respect to all Company property that has not been sold, the fair market value of that property shall be determined and the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss, and deduction inherent in property that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously would be allocated among the Members if there were a taxable disposition of that property for the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution; and
 
(C) Company property (including cash) shall be distributed among the Members in accordance with Section 6.2; and, to the extent practicable, those distributions shall be made by the end of the taxable year of the Company during which the liquidation of the Company occurs (or, if later, 90 Days after the date of the liquidation); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of clauses (A), (B) and (C) immediately above, if the obligation to maintain Capital Accounts has been suspended under Section 13.11
 
 
 
 
47

 
 
 
of this Agreement, no allocations shall be made and all Company property shall be distributed to the sole Member.
 
(b) The distribution of cash or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member of its Membership Interest and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented pursuant to Section 18-502(b) of the Act.  To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.
 
Section 12.3 Deficit Capital Accounts.  No Member will be required to pay to the Company, to any other Member or to any third party any deficit balance that may exist from time to time in the Member’s Capital Account (“Deficit Capital Account”).
 
Section 12.4 Certificate of Cancellation.  On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Members (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company.  Upon the filing of such certificate of cancellation, the existence of the Company shall terminate, except as may be otherwise provided by the Act or by Applicable Law.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 13.1 Offset.  Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member, any amounts that Member owes the Company may be deducted from that sum before payment.
 
Section 13.2 Notices.  All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by reputable overnight delivery service or other courier with charges prepaid, by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission or Email that is confirmed by another writing, sent to the appropriate address set forth below:
 
To the Company:
 
Southcross Holdings GP LLC
1700 Pacific Avenue, Suite 2900
Dallas, Texas 75201
Telephone: (214) 979-3200
Fax: (214) 979-3710
 
Attention: David W. Biegler
 
 
 
 
48

 
 
 
 
To BBTS: (before the BBTS Distribution)
 
BBTS Borrower LP
18615 Tuscany Stone
Suite 300
San Antonio, Texas 78258
Fax: (210) 495-0075
Email: phil.mezey@blackbrushenergy.com
Attention: Phillip M. Mezey

To EIG: (after the BBTS Distribution)
 
EIG BlackBrush Holdings
c/o EIG Management Company, LLC
333 Clay Street, Suite 3500
Houston, Texas 77002
Fax: (713) 615-7453
Attention: Curt S. Taylor

To TW: (after the BBTS Distribution)
 
Tailwater Capital LLC
300 Crescent Court
Suite 200
Dallas, Texas 75201
Fax: (214) 292-8562
Email: jdownie@tailwatercapital.com
Attention: Jason H. Downie

To Southcross:
 
Southcross Energy LLC
c/o Charlesbank Capital Partners
200 Clarendon Street, 54th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Fax: (617) 619-5402
Email: jbiotti@charlesbank.com
Attention: Mr. Jon M. Biotti
 
To Initial Investors:
 
c/o GE Energy Financial Services, Inc.
800 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT  06927-4000
Fax: (513) 204-3854
Email: paul.halas@ge.com

 
 
 
 
49

 
 
 
and

c/o Energy Capital Partners
51 JFK Parkway, Suite 200
Short hills, NJ  07078
Fax: (973) 671-6101

with a copy to:

Jennifer Black
11943 El Camino Real, Suite 220
San Diego, CA 92130
Fax: (858) 703-4401

and

c/o GE Energy Financial Services, Inc.
800 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT  06927-4000
Attention:  General Counsel

and

Sidley Austin LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Irving L. Rotter
Email: irotter@sidley.com


All such Notices shall be deemed to have been duly given, (a) as of the date of delivery, if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or other courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged, if delivered by certified mail, and (c) upon the date on which the transmission is separately confirmed in writing, if delivered by facsimile or Email.  A party may change its address for notice by notice to the other parties in the manner set forth above.
 
Section 13.3 Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members relating to the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all provisions and concepts contained in all prior contracts or agreements between the Members with respect to the Company, whether oral or written.
 
Section 13.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Member in the performance by that Member of its obligations with respect to the Company is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Member of the same or any other obligations of that Member with respect to the Company.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, failure on the part of a Member to complain of any act of
 
 
 
50

 
 
 
any Member or to declare any Member in default with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Member of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.
 
Section 13.5 Amendment or Restatement.  Subject to the right of the Board to amend this Agreement as expressly provided herein, this Agreement may be amended or restated only by a written instrument executed by all Members; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each Member agrees that the Board, without the approval of any Member, may amend any provision of the Delaware Certificate and this Agreement, and may authorize any Officer to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record any such amendment and whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect any change that does not require consent or approval (or for which such consent or approval has been obtained) under this Agreement or does not adversely affect the rights of the Members; provided further, however, that this Agreement  (including Section 1.1, Section 7.2(e), Section 7.4, Section 7.8, Section 13.2, or this Section 13.5) shall not be amended without the written consent of each Initial Investor in any manner that adversely impacts the rights of the Initial Investors or the Extended Deficiency Directors hereunder (the “Initial Investor Rights”).
 
Section 13.6 Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Members and, subject to the restrictions on Dispositions set forth in this Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement shall create or be deemed to create any third party beneficiary rights in any Person not a party to this Agreement except with respect to the ability of the Initial Investors to enforce the Initial Investor Rights granted hereunder.
 
Section 13.7 Governing Law; Severability.  This Agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle (whether under the laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that might refer the governance or the construction of this Agreement to the law of another jurisdiction.  If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will not be affected thereby, and such provision will be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
Section 13.8 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE COMPANY AND THE PARTIES HERETO VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IN DALLAS COUNTY, TEXAS OVER ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES OR THE COMPANY AND THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN EACH CASE OTHER THAN A DISPUTE SUBJECT TO SECTION 13.9, AND THE COMPANY AND EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL SUCH CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH DISPUTE SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS.  THE COMPANY AND THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN
 
 
 
51

 
 
 
SUCH COURT OR ANY DEFENSE OF INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH DISPUTE.  THE COMPANY AND EACH PARTY AGREES THAT A JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
 
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.
 
Section 13.9 Dispute Resolution.

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim, of any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulations, or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, or relating in any way to the Company, its business or to this Agreement or the obligations of the parties hereunder, including without limitation, any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, non-performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (in each case, a “Dispute”) shall be resolved solely and exclusively in accordance with the procedures specified in this Section 13.9.  The parties shall attempt in good faith to settle any Dispute by mutual discussions within 30 days after the date that one party gives notice to the other parties of such a Dispute.  If the Dispute is not resolved within such 30 day period, any party may refer the Dispute to arbitration and the Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect (the “Rules”), and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The arbitration shall be held in Dallas, Texas, and presided over by three arbitrators.  The party giving notice of the Dispute shall appoint one arbitrator, and the other parties to the Dispute shall appoint one arbitrator.  The two appointed arbitrators shall together appoint a third arbitrator.  If the appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third arbitrator within 30 days after their appointment, then the third arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the Rules.  The parties to such Dispute and the Company shall execute such engagement and indemnity agreements as the arbitrators shall require.  Notwithstanding this agreement to arbitrate Disputes, any party to a Dispute may apply to a court sitting on Dallas, Texas, for temporary restraining orders, temporary injunctive relief or other interim measures pending arbitration.  No court other than a court sitting in Dallas, Texas, shall have authority or jurisdiction to enter temporary restraining orders, temporary injunctive relief or other interim orders pending arbitration, and no party to a Dispute shall make any application for interim orders to any court other than a court sitting in Dallas, Texas.  The arbitrators shall award costs, attorneys’ fees and expert witness fees to the prevailing party or parties.  The arbitrators may not award indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages, and recovery of any such damages in any Dispute is hereby waived.  The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding, subject only to grounds and procedures for vacating or modifying the award under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et. seq.
 
(b) To the extent that any party hereto (including assignees of any party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself or its revenues, assets or properties, immunity from service of process, from suit, from the
 
 
 
52

 
 
 
jurisdiction of any court, from an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, from attachment prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final), or from any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby irrevocably waives, such immunity.
 
(c) This agreement to arbitrate shall be binding upon the successors, assignees and any trustee or receiver of any party.
 
(d) The parties agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Initial Investors shall have a right to specific performance in respect of any breach by either or both of the Company and the other Members of any of the Initial Investor Rights.
 
Section 13.10 Further Assurances.  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.
 
Section 13.11 Waiver of Certain Rights.  Each Member irrevocably waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Company or for partition of the property of the Company.
 
Section 13.12 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document.  All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.
 
Section 13.13 Suspension of Certain Provisions If Only One Member.
 
(a) The following definitions in Article I of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall have no force or effect at any time that there is only one Member of the Company:
 
(i) Adjusted Capital Account Deficit;”
 
(ii) Capital Account;”
 
(iii) Depreciation;”
 
(iv) Gross Asset Value;”
 
(v) Profits” and “Losses;” and
 
(vi) Tax Matters Member.”
 
(b) The following provision of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall have no force or effect at any time that there is only one Member of the Company:
 
 
 
 
53

 
 
 
 
(i) Section 3.6 (Notice);
 
(ii) Section 4.1 (General Restriction);
 
(iii) Section 5.4 (Capital Accounts);
 
(iv) Section 6.3 (Allocations);
 
(v) Section 6.4 (Varying Interests);
 
(vi) Section 6.5 (Withheld Taxes); and
 
(vii) Section 10.3 (Tax Matters Member).
 

 
[Signature Page Follows]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
54

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Member has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
 
  MEMBERS:  
     
  BBTS BORROWER LP  
         
  By:   
BBTS Borrower GP LLC
      its General Partner
 
         
         
 
By:
   /s/ David Ash   
  Name:    David Ash  
  Title:    Vice President  
         
 
 
  SOUTHCROSS ENERGY LLC  
         
         
         
 
By:
  /s/  David W. Biegler   
  Name:   David W. Biegler  
  Title:   Chairman  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
MEMBERS
 

 
Member
Sharing Ratio
Effective Capital
Contribution
Southcross
29.6%
$29.60
BBTS
70.4%
$70.40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

A-1
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT B
 
DIRECTORS
 
Southcross Designees
 
Jon M. Biotti
 
Kim Davis
 
EIG Designees
 
Clayton R. Taylor
 
Wallace C. Henderson
 
TW Designees
 
Jason Downie
 
Edward Herring
 
DWB Designee
 
DWB - Chairman
 
PMM Designee
 
PMM
 

 

B-1
 
 

 

EXHIBIT C
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF SXE GP
 
Southcross Designees
 
Jon M. Biotti
 
BBTS Designees
 
Jason Downie
 
Wallace C. Henderson
 
Independent
 
Jerry W. Pinkerton
 
Bruce A. Williamson
 
Ronald G. Steinhart
 
Chairman
 
DWB
 

 

C-1
 
 

 

EXHIBIT D
 
VETO RATIO
 

 
 
Southcross
29.4%
 
BBTS
70.6%
     
 
Following a BBTS Distribution:
 
     
 
EIG
36.10%
 
TW
34.50%
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D-1
EX-99.2 3 mm12-0514lpa_exhibit.htm EX.2 - SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP mm12-0514lpa_exhibit.htm
 
EXHIBIT 2
 
 
 

 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
OF
 
SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS LP
 
a Delaware Limited Partnership
 
 
Dated as of November 21, 2014
 
 
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS LP, A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH OR QUALIFIED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.  THE INTERESTS ARE BEING SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  THE INTERESTS CANNOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY CONTAINED IN THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS LP, AS SUCH MAY BE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
 

 
 

 


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page

Article I
DEFINITIONS
1.1.
Certain Definitions
2
1.2.
Construction
32
 
Article II
ORGANIZATION
2.1.
Continuation of the Partnership
32
2.2.
Name
33
2.3.
Registered Office; Registered Agent
33
2.4.
Principal Office
33
2.5.
Purpose; Powers
33
2.6.
Fiscal Year
33
2.7.
Foreign Qualification Governmental Filings
33
2.8.
Term
33
 
Article III
PARTNERS; DISPOSITIONS OF INTERESTS
3.1.
Partners
34
3.2.
Liability of Partners
34
3.3.
Restrictions on Management by Limited Partners
34
3.4.
Restrictions on the Transfer of Interests
34
3.5.
Additional Partners
36
3.6.
Liability to Third Parties
37
3.7.
Tag Along Rights
37
3.8.
Right of First Offer
39
3.9.
Limitation of Rights
41
3.10.
Indirect Transfers
41
3.11.
Liquidity Event
44
3.12.
Certain Events Not Deemed Transfers
47
3.13.
Determination of Fair Market Value
47
3.14.
Transferability of Set-Off Distribution Rights
48
3.15.
MAC Cure Amounts; Redirected Distribution Amounts
48
3.16.
Exchange of Class A Units for SXE Equity Securities
49
 
 
 
 
i

 
 
 
 
3.17.
Class B Unit Optional Redemption Rights
53
3.18.
Class B Unit Mandatory Redemption Obligation
56
3.19.
Determination of Asset Coverage Ratio
58
Article IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
4.1.
Interests
59
4.2.
Return of Contribution
67
4.3.
Withdrawal of Capital
67
4.4.
Capital Accounts
67
4.5.
MAC Coverage Contributions
67
4.6.
Class B Units
67
Article V
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
5.1.
Distributions
73
5.2.
Tax Distributions
74
5.3.
Allocations
76
5.4.
Withholding
81
5.5.
Issuance of Class A Units to Investors
81
Article VI
MANAGEMENT
6.1.
Management
81
6.2.
Super Majority Decisions; Majority Vote
82
6.3.
Officers
87
6.4.
Annual Budget
87
6.5.
Limitation of Liability; Indemnification
90
6.6.
Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance
91
6.7.
Limitation of Duties; Waiver of Fiduciary Duties
91
Article VII
RIGHTS OF PARTNERS; CONFIDENTIALITY
7.1.
Access to Information
92
7.2.
Financial Reports
92
7.3.
Audits
93
7.4.
Observation Rights
94
7.5.
Confidentiality
94
7.6.
Press Releases
96
 
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
 
7.7.
Reimbursement of Expenses
96
7.8.
Conforming Insurance Coverage
96
Article VIII
TAXES
8.1.
Tax Returns
97
8.2.
Tax Elections
97
8.3.
Tax Characterization of the Partnership
97
8.4.
Tax Matters Partner
98
8.5.
Tax Information
98
Article IX
BOOKS, RECORDS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
9.1.
Maintenance of Books and Records
99
9.2.
Bank Accounts
99
Article X
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
10.1.
Dissolution
99
10.2.
Liquidation and Termination
99
10.3.
Cancellation of Filing
100
Article XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
11.1.
Offset
100
11.2.
Notices
100
11.3.
Entire Agreement; Supersedure
100
11.4.
Effect of Waiver or Consent
101
11.5.
Amendment or Modification
101
11.6.
Binding Effect
101
11.7.
Governing Law; Severability
101
11.8.
Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
101
11.9.
Dispute Resolution
102
11.10.
Further Assurances
103
11.11.
Waiver of Certain Rights
103
11.12.
Title to Partnership Property
103
11.13.
Counterparts
103
11.14.
Electronic Transmissions
103
11.15.
Aggregation of Interests
104
 
 
 
 
iii

 
 
 
 
11.16.
BBTS Adjustment Amount
104
11.17.
Adjustments for Splits
105


 
Exhibit A – Partners, Classes, Capital Contributions, Unfunded Equity Commitments and Units
 
Exhibit B – Joinder Agreement
 
Exhibit C – Representations and Warranties
 
Exhibit D – Example Timeline of DD Period and Extended DD Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
iv

 

 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
OF
 
SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS LP
 
This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (this “Agreement”) of Southcross Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), is made and entered into by and among Southcross Holdings GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”), and each of the Limited Partners signatory hereto, effective as of [●], 2014 (the “Effective Date”).
 
WHEREAS, on June 9, 2014, the General Partner and BBTS Borrower LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“BBTS”), formed the Partnership by filing a certificate of limited partnership with the Delaware Secretary of State and entered into a Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership (the “Original Partnership Agreement”) to set forth the respective rights and obligations of the General Partner and BBTS with respect to the Partnership;
 
WHEREAS, on August 4, 2014, the General Partner, BBTS and Southcross Energy LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Southcross”), amended and restated the Original Partnership Agreement (as so amended and restated, the “Amended Partnership Agreement”) in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement and, concurrently with entering into the Amended Partnership Agreement, (a) BBTS made a capital contribution to the Partnership by contributing to Southcross Holdings Borrower LP, a Delaware limited partnership and wholly owned Subsidiary of the Partnership (“Borrower LP”), the Contributed TS Interests (the “BBTS ED Contribution”), and (b) Southcross made a capital contribution to the Partnership by contributing to Borrower LP (x) the SXE Units and (y) the Contributed SEP GP Interest ((x) and (y), collectively, the “Southcross ED Contribution”), in each case, in exchange for certain Class A Units and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, concurrently with entering into this Agreement, each Initial Investor is making a capital contribution to the Partnership (and committing to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership on certain terms and conditions) in the amount set forth opposite the name of each such Initial Investor on Exhibit A in exchange for certain Units and pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partners desire to amend and restate the Amended Partnership Agreement in the manner set forth herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth in this Agreement and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby amend and restate the Amended Partnership Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:
 
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1. Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
Access Partner” means a Limited Partner who holds Class A Units or Class B Units.
 
Accredited Investor” has the meaning set forth in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
ACR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19(a).
 
ACR Objection” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19(b).
 
ACR Primary Objecting Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19(b).
 
Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any corresponding provisions of succeeding law.  All references to provisions of the Act shall be deemed to refer, if applicable, to their successor statutory provisions to the extent appropriate in light of the context herein in which such references are used.
 
Additional Class B Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b)(ii).
 
Additional Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Additional Equity Amount” means 5,352 Class A Units.
 
Additional Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Additional Investor Commitment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Additional Notice of Exercise” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Additional Unit Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b)(ii).
 
Adjusted Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Tax Year or other relevant period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
 
(a) add to such Capital Account any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentence of each of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 
(b) subtract from such Capital Account such Partner’s share of the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
 
The foregoing definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
Adjustment Loss” has the meaning set forth in the Contribution Agreement.
 
Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the first Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that with respect to any Partner, the term “Affiliate” shall not include the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
 
Aggregate Catch Up Amount” means the sum of the Catch Up Amounts of all Additional Investors.
 
Agreed Asset Valuation” means, as of a date, the aggregate valuation of the assets of the Partnership Group, which valuation shall be equal to the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Partnership Group’s Consolidated EBITDA (excluding EBITDA generated by SXE and its Subsidiaries) generated in the most recently completed Quarter multiplied by (ii) 28; plus (b) 90% of the product of (i) the Current Market Value of a Common Unit of SXE multiplied by (ii) without duplication of any securities covered by clauses (c) and (d), the number of such Common Units of SXE beneficially owned by the Partnership Group as of the Measuring Date; plus (c) 70% of the product of (i) the Current Market Value of a Common Unit of SXE multiplied by (ii) the number of Subordinated Units of SXE beneficially owned by the Partnership Group as of the Measuring Date; plus (d) 70% of the product of (i) the Current Market Value of a Common Unit of SXE multiplied by (ii) the number of SXE PIK Units beneficially owned by the Partnership Group as of the Measuring Date; plus (e) the product of (i) the aggregate amount of any cash distribution received during the most recently completed Quarter by the Partnership Group in respect of any SXE IDRs held by the Partnership Group as of the end of such Quarter multiplied by (ii) 60.
 
Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph, as it may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement.
 
AI Proration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iii).
 
Allocation Period” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the Partnership’s Tax Year, (b) any subsequent period commencing on the first day of the Partnership’s Tax Year and ending on the last day of the Partnership’s Tax Year, or (c) any portion of any period described in clause (a) or (b) for which the Partnership is required to allocate Profits, Losses, or other items of Partnership income, gain, loss, or deduction pursuant to Section 5.3.
 
Amended Partnership Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
Amended Tag-Along Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).
 
Annual Budget” means each annual operating, general and administrative expense and capital budget of the Partnership for a given calendar year (or the portion of calendar year 2014 from the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2014, in the case of the Initial Budget), as approved, revised or otherwise modified by the General Partner or effective pursuant to Section 6.4(f), as such budget may be modified or amended from time to time by the General Partner or with the approval of the General Partner.
 
Approved Exit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).
 
A&R GP Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the General Partner as in effect on the Effective Date.
 
Asset Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of the Agreed Asset Valuation to the sum of (a) total outstanding Indebtedness of the Partnership Group (net of unrestricted cash) on a consolidated basis plus (b) the product of (i) the total number of Class B Units outstanding as of the time of such determination multiplied by (ii) the Class B Liquidation Value for each such outstanding Class B Unit.
 
Asset Sale” shall mean (a) any conveyance, sale, lease, sublease, assignment, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation and including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property (excluding any Equity Securities in the General Partner or the Partnership), excluding sales of inventory and dispositions of cash equivalents, in each case, in the ordinary course of business of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their respective Subsidiaries and (b) any issuance or sale of any Equity Securities of any Subsidiary of the Partnership, in each case, to any Person other than the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
 
Available Cash” of the Partnership Group means the sum of (a) gross cash proceeds from the operations of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries, as applicable (including sales and dispositions of property whether or not in the ordinary course of business), (b) any net cash proceeds from any issuance of equity or refinancing of debt or new debt issuance or incurrence, (c) other cash on hand, and (d) capital expenditures reserved in the prior year but not used, less amounts used to pay or establish reserves for (i) Permitted Operating Reserves, (ii) contract and marketing costs, (iii) debt payments, (iv) the redemption of any Class B Units required by Section 3.18(a) based on the Asset Coverage Ratio and Excess Cash Flow as of the end of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, (v) taxes anticipated to be due in the current Quarter, (vi) capital expenditures, replacements, investments and contingencies to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, and (vii) future acquisitions for which binding agreements have been executed, all as reasonably determined on a periodic basis by the General Partner and subject to any limitations imposed by the Credit Agreement.
 
Available Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Bankruptcy” or “Bankrupt” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) such Person (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief or is declared insolvent in any federal or
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
state bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for such Person a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any applicable law; (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against such Person in a proceeding of the type described in subclauses (i) through (iv) of this clause (a); or (vi) seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties; or (b) a proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any applicable law has been commenced against such Person and 120 days have expired without dismissal thereof or with respect to which, without such Person’s consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties has been appointed and 90 days have expired without the appointment’s having been vacated or stayed, or 90 days have expired after the date of expiration of a stay, if the appointment has not previously been vacated.  The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in the Act.
 
BBTS” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof and includes any successor to BBTS and any Transferee of all but not less than all of BBTS’ Interest.
 
BBTS Adjustment Amount” means an amount equal to the Estimated Adjustment Amount (as defined in the Contribution Agreement), which shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2.7(f) of the Contribution Agreement.
 
BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.16(a).
 
BBTS Distribution” means a distribution by BBTS or any wholly owned Subsidiary of BlackBrush TexStar of all (and not less than all) of the Units held by BBTS and wholly owned Subsidiaries of BlackBrush TexStar to members of the TW Group and members of the EIG Group in proportion of their respective ownership interests (which may be calculated on a fully-diluted basis) in BlackBrush TexStar.
 
BBTS ED Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
BBTX Note” means BBTX Note LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
BBTX Note II” means BBTX Note-II LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
BBTX Unit” means BBTX Unit LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
BBTX Unit II” means BBTX Unit-II LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
BlackBrush TexStar” means BlackBrush TexStar LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
 
Borrower LP” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
 
Breach Cure Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Unfunded Commitment Amount.”
 
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in New York City, New York or Dallas, Texas, are authorized or obligated by law to close.
 
Business Opportunity” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).
 
Buy-back Cure” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(vi).
 
Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner on the Partnership’s books and records in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(a) To each Partner’s Capital Account there will be added (i) the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other asset contributed by such Partner to the Partnership, (ii) the amount of any guaranteed payment to which such Partner is entitled to receive that is paid in the form of Units, (iii) such Partner’s allocable share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b) hereof or other provisions of this Agreement, and (iv) the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or which are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.
 
(b) From each Partner’s Capital Account there will be subtracted (i) the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other Partnership assets distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, (ii) such Partner’s allocable share of Losses and any other items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or which are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership.
 
(c) Determination of the amount of any liability for purposes of subparagraphs (a) and (b) above will take into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations.
 
(d) If all or a portion of an Interest is disposed of in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the assignee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the Interest so disposed of.
 
The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 and will be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.
 
Capital Call Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
 
Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the Gross Asset Value of any tangible or intangible property (other than money) contributed to the
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
capital of the Partnership by such Partner.  Any reference in this Agreement to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include any Capital Contribution of its predecessors in interest.
 
Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Catch Up Amount” means, with respect to each Additional Investor, the product of (a) the Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Additional Investor immediately prior to the date of the first Class B CC Notice delivered after the Effective Date multiplied by (b) .7619; provided however, if a Class B CC Notice is delivered prior to the time that the Additional Investors have made a commitment in accordance with Section 4.1(e)(i) for any portion of the Available Commitment Amount, the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each Additional Investor shall be determined as of the date of the first Class B CC Notice following such Additional Investor’s commitment pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(i) and the Catch Up Amount shall be determined by multiplying such Unfunded Commitment Amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the total Capital Contributions made by all Initial Investors immediately prior to the date of such Class B CC Notice and the denominator of which is equal to $210,000,000.
 
Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
 
Change in Control” means, (a) with respect to BBTS (or any Permitted Transferee of BBTS who holds Class A Units), any transaction which results in BBTS (or such Permitted Transferee) ceasing to be Controlled by the TW Group and/or the EIG Group, (b) with respect to Southcross (or any Permitted Transferee of Southcross who holds Class A Units), any transaction which results in Southcross (or such Permitted Transferee) ceasing to be Controlled by the Southcross Group, (c) from and after a BBTS Distribution, with respect to any member of the EIG Group to whom Class A Units are distributed pursuant to a BBTS Distribution (or any Permitted Transferee of EIG who holds Class A Units), any transaction which results in such member of the EIG Group to whom such Units are distributed pursuant to the BBTS Distribution (or such Permitted Transferee) ceasing to be Controlled by the EIG Group, (d) from and after a BBTS Distribution, with respect to any member of the TW Group to whom Class A Units are distributed pursuant to a BBTS Distribution (or any Permitted Transferee of TW who holds Class A Units), any transaction which results in such member of the TW Group to whom such Units are distributed pursuant to the BBTS Distribution (or such Permitted Transferee) ceasing to be Controlled by the TW Group and (e) with respect to any other Person (for purposes of this definition, the “first Person”), any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any Person (or any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)) that is not, at the time of the transaction, Affiliated with the first Person, directly or indirectly by acquiring interests in a Parent of the first Person, acquires beneficial ownership of a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities or Voting Interests in the first Person.
 
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
 
Change in Control Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b)(i).
 
Change in Control Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b)(i).
 
Class A Limited Partner” means Southcross, BBTS, the Initial Investors (each, in its capacity as a holder of Class A Units) and any Person acquiring Class A Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (in its capacity as a holder of Class A Units), including pursuant to a BBTS Distribution.
 
Class A Sharing Percentage” means, with respect to any holder of Class A Units, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the total number of Class A Units held by such Person and the denominator of which is the total number of Class A Units held by all holders of Class A Units.
 
Class A Issuance Tax Distribution” means the amount determined with respect to each Initial Investor or Additional Investor, as applicable, of Tax Distributions that such Initial Investor or Additional Investor is or will be entitled to receive as a result of the treatment of the issuance of Class A Units pursuant to any Unit Purchase Agreement as a guaranteed payment pursuant to Section 5.5.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of a Class A Issuance Tax Distribution shall be determined without regard to any limitations on payment of Tax Distributions (e.g., the limitation on payment of Tax Distributions to the extent they would exceed Available Cash).
 
Class A Unit Fair Market Value” means the amount that would be distributed to a Class A Limited Partner on account of a Class A Unit if an amount equal to the Partnership Sale Value was distributed pursuant to Section 5.1(a) (without regard to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(c)).
 
Class A Unit Price” means,
 
(a) $1,000 per Class A Unit until the first Capital Contribution in which a Class A Limited Partner fails to contribute its full Class A Sharing Percentage of such Capital Contribution (a “Disproportionate Contribution”), and
 
(b) for purposes of the first Disproportionate Contribution and each Capital Contribution thereafter pursuant to which Class A Units are issued, the Class A Unit Fair Market Value.
 
Class A Units” means the units of the Partnership designated as Class A Units and having the rights associated with Class A Units as described herein.
 
Class B CC Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iii).
 
Class B Distributable Cash” means, as of the date of determination, the excess of (a) Available Cash over (b) the aggregate amount of all Tax Distributions contemplated by Section 5.2 for such Quarter, as determined in good faith by the General Partner.  For the avoidance of doubt, Class B Distributable Cash shall equal zero if clause (b) exceeds clause (a).
 
Class B Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(i).
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
 
Class B Distribution Rate” means an amount per Quarter equal to 3.0% of the Class B Issue Price (or a pro rata amount thereof for any period that is less than an entire Quarter calculated based on the number of days such Class B Unit was held during such Quarter divided by the actual number of days in such Quarter), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.6(c)(vii).
 
Class B Guaranteed Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(v).
 
Class B Issue Price” means $1,000 per Class B Unit.
 
Class B Limited Partner” means each Investor and any other Person acquiring Class B Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
Class B Liquidation Value” means, with respect to each outstanding Class B Unit as of the date of such determination, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class B Issue Price and (b) all accrued but unpaid distributions to date owing pursuant to Section 4.6(c)(iv) on account of such Class B Unit (including in respect of any partial Quarter).
 
Class B Majority” means the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B Units, but excluding in all cases (a) the General Partner, any member of the Partnership Group, any Designating Party and, in each case, their respective Affiliates and Transferees (immediate and subsequent), (b) Persons (other than Initial Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees) acquiring Class B Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(i), and (c) Defaulting Investors to the extent prohibited from voting, providing their consents or making objections pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(v)(C).
 
Class B Sharing Percentage” means, with respect to any holder of Class B Units, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the total number of Class B Units held by such Person and the denominator of which is the total number of Class B Units held by all holders of Class B Units.
 
Class B Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(ii).
 
Class B Units” means the units of the Partnership designated as Class B Units and having the rights associated with Class B Units as described herein.  Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, references in this Agreement to Class B Units shall include all PIK Units outstanding as of the date of any determination hereunder.
 
Closing Agreement” means that certain Closing Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2014, among BBTS, Southcross, the Partnership, SXE, Southcross Energy GP LLC and TexStar.
 
Closing Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
Commitment Termination” means the earlier to occur of (a) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Effective Date and (b) the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each Investor is equal to $0.00.
 
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
Conforming Insurance Coverage” means insurance (a) from reputable insurers with AM Best Rating no less than A-:X or equivalent S&P rating, covering the properties, operations, personnel and businesses of the Partnership Group against such losses and risks with limits, deductibles and terms that as are reasonably adequate to protect the Partnership Group and its businesses in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with prudent industry practices (which coverage shall include property damage, business interruption, extra expense (inclusive of named windstorm), third-party liability and pollution legal liability); (b) that is primary without right of contribution of any other insurance carried by or on behalf of any holders of Class B Units with respect to such holder’s interests; and (c) the third-party liability and pollution legal liability policies of which shall name as additional insureds the Initial Investors and the Additional Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees.
 
Consolidated Amortization Expense” shall mean, for any period, the amortization expense of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Depreciation Expense” shall mean, for any period, the depletion and depreciation expense of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, adjusted by (x) adding thereto (in each case (i) without duplication and (ii) to the extent the respective amounts described in this clause (x) reduced such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined):
 
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;
 
(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense for such period;
 
(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense for such period;
 
(d) Consolidated Tax Expense for such period;
 
(e) non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of any transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement (whether or not consummated);
 
(f) any non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such period;
 
(g) the amount, up to $2,000,000 in the aggregate, of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid to any Designating Party (or its Affiliates) (or any accruals related to such fees and related expenses) during such period but only to the extent permitted to be paid under Section 6.09(f) of the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date);
 
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
 
(h) the amount of any costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses in connection with a single or one-time event (without duplication of amounts referred to in clause (e) above), including (i) any acquisition or disposition permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement consummated after the Effective Date and (ii) capital expenditures for the consolidation, closing or reconfiguration of facilities during such period as permitted under the Credit Agreement;
 
(i) the amount of any earn-out and other contingent consideration obligations in connection with any acquisition or other investment permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and that are paid or accrued during such applicable period; and
 
(j) (i) any charges or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, pension plan, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement and (ii) any charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Securities held by management, in each case, to the extent such charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves are funded with net cash proceeds contributed to the Partnership as a capital contribution or as a result of the sale or issuance of Equity Securities of Partnership; and
 
(y) subtracting therefrom (without duplication and to the extent the amounts described in this clause (y) increased such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined) all non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such gains (A) in respect of which cash or other assets were received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period); provided, however, that in connection with any Forced Shutdown, Consolidated EBITDA shall be adjusted so as to replace the actual EBITDA generated by the operation of the Equistar Facility during days such Forced Shutdown was taking place with the amount of average EBITDA actually generated by the operation of the Equistar Facility on a daily basis in the most recently completed Quarter during which a Forced Shutdown did not occur, provided that such replacement shall only be permitted with respect to a maximum of 180 days.  The General Partner shall (A) notify the Investors of any such adjustments in connection with any determination of Agreed Asset Valuation or Total Leverage Ratio and (B) provide reasonable documentation supporting such adjustments.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with any ratio of which a component is Consolidated EBITDA (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any calculation of Agreed Asset Valuation), if a calculation is required to be made for a period ending after September 30, 2014 but on or prior to June 30, 2015, then Consolidated EBITDA shall be (a) for the period ending December 31, 2014, the Consolidated EBITDA for the Quarter ending December 31, 2014 multiplied by 4; (b) for the period ending March 31, 2015, the Consolidated EBITDA for the two Quarters ending March 31, 2015 multiplied by 2; and (c) for the period ending June 30, 2015, the Consolidated EBITDA for the three Quarters ending June 30, 2015 multiplied by 1.333.
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, the sum without duplication of (a) the total consolidated interest expense of Partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including (i) the amortization of debt discounts, (ii) the amortization of all fees (including fees with respect to Hedging Agreements) payable in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness to the extent included in interest expense and (iii) the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capital Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense plus (b) capitalized interest of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the foregoing, total consolidated interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received and costs incurred by the Partnership and its Subsidiaries with respect to Hedging Agreements (provided that payments and costs upon the settlement or termination of a Hedging Agreement will not be included in Consolidated Interest Expense).
 
Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:
 
(a)           the net income (or loss) for such period of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Partnership) in which any Person other than the Partnership and its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments (including any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment) paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such period;
 
(b)           any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gain or loss on disposal of discontinued operations;
 
(c)           any net after-tax gain or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions (including any such dispositions constituting Assets Sales hereunder) other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
(d)           gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such period;
 
(e)           non-cash earnings resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up of assets;
 
(f)           unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations for such period;
 
(g)           any net after-tax (i) extraordinary, (ii) nonrecurring or (iii) unusual gains or losses or income or expenses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto but including (x) costs of and payments of actual or prospective legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders and (y) gains, income, losses, expenses or charges arising from insurance claims and settlements);
 
(h)           any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness;
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
 
(i)           any (i) write-off or amortization made in such period of deferred financing costs and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness, (ii) goodwill or other asset impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs or (iii) amortization of intangible assets;
 
(j)           accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such transactions in accordance with GAAP or as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies to the extent required by GAAP; and
 
(k)           (i) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Partnership and its Subsidiaries) in Partnership’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, leases and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof and (ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period.
 
Consolidated Tax Expense” shall mean, for any period, provision for taxes (including taxes payable pursuant to any tax sharing arrangement) based on income, profits or capital of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, including federal, state, foreign, franchise and similar taxes, and Tax Distributions that are permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and made by the Partnership during such period.
 
Contingent Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation, agreement or arrangement of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; (d) with respect to bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and similar credit arrangements, until a reimbursement obligation arises (which reimbursement obligation shall constitute Indebtedness); or (e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include (x) endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or any product warranties or (y) customary indemnity obligations entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement or in any commercial contract or arrangement.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be
 
 
 
13

 
 
 
liable, whether singly or jointly, pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
 
Contributed TS Interests” means, collectively (a) 100% of the limited liability company interest of TexStar GP and (b) 100% of the limited partnership interest in TexStar, as contributed by BBTS to the Partnership pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.
 
Contributed SEP GP Interest” means 100% of the limited liability company interest of SEP GP, as contributed by Southcross to the Partnership pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.
 
Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2014, among BBTS, Southcross and the Partnership as in effect on the Effective Date.
 
Control,” “Controlling” or “Controlled” means, as to a specified Person, the beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Interests of such Person or the power or authority, by contract or otherwise, to direct the management, activities or policies of such Entity.
 
CP Deadline” has the meaning given such term in the Contribution Agreement.
 
Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 2014 among Borrower LP, Southcross Holdings Borrower GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Southcross Holdings Guarantor LP, a Delaware limited partnership, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time, UBS AG, Stamford Branch and Barclays Bank PLC, each as an issuing bank, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and as collateral agent (except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, or as otherwise refinanced or replaced from time to time).
 
Cure Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(d).
 
Cure Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(d).
 
Current Market Value” when used with reference to any capital stock or other security on any date means:  (a) if the capital stock or security is then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or is quoted on any other interdealer quotation system or regularly quoted by member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the volume weighted average of the Trading Prices, as adjusted for splits, combinations and other similar transactions, of such security on the date of determination (if a trading day) and on each of the five trading days immediately preceding, and on each of the five trading days immediately following, the date of the determination (any such capital stock or security so listed, traded or quoted being referred to as “Publicly Traded”), provided that, for purposes of the calculation of Agreed Asset Valuation, the volume weighted average of the Trading Prices shall be calculated based on the ten (10) trading days immediately preceding the
 
 
 
14

 
 
 
Measurement Date, or (b) if the capital stock or security is not Publicly Traded, the Fair Market Value of such capital stock or security.
 
Damages” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(b).
 
DD Period” means any period commencing with the first day of the Quarter in which a Distribution Deficiency exists and ending with the payment of all accrued and unpaid distributions in cash in full in accordance with Section 4.6(c).
 
Depreciation” means, for each Allocation Period or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Allocation Period or other period, except that (a) with respect to any property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial allocation method” pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Allocation Period or other period will be the amount of book basis recovered for such Allocation Period or other period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2) and (b) with respect to any other property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Allocation Period or other period, Depreciation for such Allocation Period or other period will be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Period or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Period or other period is zero, Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.
 
Depreciation Recapture” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c)(iii)(B).
 
Designating Party” has the meaning set forth in the GP Agreement.
 
Director” or “Directors” means any member or members of the Board of Directors, including as a result of Section 4.6(c)(vi).
 
Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9(a).
 
Distributable Property” means non-cash proceeds from sales and dispositions of property of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
 
Distribution Accrual Date” means, from and after the expiration of the PIK Period, the last day of each Quarter so long as Class B Units are outstanding as of such date.
 
Distribution Deficiency” means, from and after the expiration of the PIK Period, the failure of the Partnership to pay in cash in full a Class B Distribution per Class B Unit then outstanding equal to the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect by the date that is 45 days after the Distribution Accrual Date pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(i).
 
 
 
 
15

 
 
 
 
Dropdown Transaction” means a contribution by the Partnership, the General Partner or the Subsidiaries of the Partnership of all or a portion of their assets to any member of the SXE Group.
 
EBITDA” for any period, means the net income or loss for such period plus, to the extent the following amounts have been deducted in the determination of net income or loss for the period:  (a) interest expense (net of interest income) for such period; (b) the provision for income taxes for such period; (c) the amount of all management fees for such period; (d) the amount of all amortization and depreciation for such period; (e) loss (gain) from asset dispositions for such period; and (f) rent related to facilities owned by Partnership and its wholly owned Subsidiaries for such period.
 
ECP” means the collective reference to: (a) Energy Capital Partners Mezzanine Opportunities Fund, LP, (b) Energy Capital Partners Mezzanine Opportunities Fund A, LP, (c) ECP Mezzanine B (Southcross I IP), LP and (d) ECP Mezzanine B (Southcross II IP), LP.
 
Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.
 
EFS” means EFS-S LLC.
 
EIG” means EIG BlackBrush Holdings LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
 
EIG Group” means EIG, EIG Energy Fund XIV, L.P., EIG Energy Fund XIV-A, L.P., EIG Energy Fund XIV (Cayman), L.P., EIG Energy Fund XIV-B, L.P., EIG Energy XIV Blocker (BlackBrush), LLC, EIG Energy Fund XV, L.P., EIG Energy Fund XV-A, L.P., EIG Energy Fund XV (Cayman), L.P., EIG Energy Fund XV-B, L.P., EIG Energy XV Blocker (BlackBrush) LLC, EIG Management Company, LLC and their respective Affiliates and any investment fund or separate account managed by any of the foregoing.
 
Emergency Expenditures” means expenditures which are reasonably necessary to be expended in order to mitigate or remedy the endangerment of property, the health or safety of any Person or the environment.
 
Entity” means any corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, venture, trust, business trust, unincorporated association, estate or other entity.
 
Equistar Facility” means the olefins manufacturing facility owned by Equistar Chemical, LP located at 1501 McKinzie Road, Corpus Christi, Texas which processes ethane, propane, natural gasoline, condensate and other hydrocarbons into ethylene and other petrochemical products.
 
Equity Interest Equivalents” means all rights, warrants, options, convertible securities or Indebtedness, exchangeable securities or other instruments, or other rights that are outstanding and exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, any Equity Security described in clause (a) of the definition thereof at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or occurrence of some future event.
 
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
 
Equity Security” means (a) the equity ownership rights in a business Entity, whether in the form of capital stock, ownership unit, limited liability company interest, limited or general partnership interest or any other form of ownership, and (b) also includes all Equity Interest Equivalents.
 
Estimated BBTS Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.16(e).
 
Excess Cash Flow” means, as of the date of determination, the excess of (a) the sum of, without duplication, (i) all cash distributed to the Partnership by any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership during the period for which such determination relates and any cash distributed to the Partnership in any previous periods to the extent such cash has not otherwise been utilized by the Partnership in violation of this Agreement and (ii) the aggregate amount of payments permitted to be made to the Partnership (directly or through its Subsidiaries) by Borrower LP under Section 6.08(e) of the Credit Agreement as of such date minus any voluntary prepayments under the Credit Agreement during the applicable Fiscal Year or any time during such applicable Fiscal Year prior to the date the excess cash flow payment under the Credit Agreement is required minus (b) (i) during the PIK Period, the amount of all Class B Tax Distributions made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) during such Fiscal Year and (ii) from and after the PIK Period, the amount of all Class B Distributions made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) during such Fiscal Year, minus (c) the amount of all Tax Distributions made pursuant to Section 5.2 during such Fiscal Year, minus (d) the amount used to pay or establish Permitted Operating Reserves and reasonable reserves for capital expenditures anticipated during the Fiscal Year in which such determination is made (to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement), in all cases, as determined in good faith by the General Partner.
 
Exchange FMV” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b).
 
Exchange Tax Dispute Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a)(ii)(B).
 
Exchange Tax Loss” means the amount of tax payable (assuming no offset for any refunds, credits or other similar tax attributes) by the Non-Requesting Partner or any of its Affiliates (either directly or the applicable portion of any tax borne by such party as a result of its status as a Partner in the Partnership) as a result of the exchange of Equity Securities of SXE to the Requesting Partner pursuant to Section 3.16.  For this purpose, each dollar of “additional income” for purposes of an income or franchise tax shall be considered taxable at the highest marginal rate for an individual or a corporation (whichever rate is higher) subject to such tax.
 
Exchanging Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b).
 
Exercising Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c).
 
Extended Deficiency” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(c)(vi).
 
Extended Deficiency Director” has the meaning set forth in the A&R GP Agreement.
 
Extended DD Period” means any period commencing with the first day of the Quarter in which the final Distribution Deficiency in a series of Distribution Deficiencies that, together,
 
 
 
17

 
 
 
constitute an Extended Deficiency occurs and ending with the payment of all accrued and unpaid distributions in cash in full pursuant to Section 4.6(c).
 
Extended Offer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Fair Market Value” means the fair market value as determined in good faith by the General Partner; provided that the determination of Fair Market Value shall be subject to Section 3.13.  In determining the Fair Market Value of any non-cash property, all factors which the General Partner determines might reasonably affect such value shall be taken into account; provided, however, that (a) the Fair Market Value of any non-cash property that consists of Publicly Traded securities or similar instruments shall be the Current Market Value thereof determined by reference to a record date which shall be fixed by the General Partner as of a date not less than five trading days before and no more than ten trading days before the proposed action requiring a determination of Fair Market Value of any such non-cash property and (b) in no event shall any non-cash property be valued at less than the price at which the Partnership can require a third Person to buy the non-cash property, taking into account the creditworthiness of the Person with such purchase obligation, the availability of any collateral for the obligation, and other factors that the General Partner deems appropriate.  The Fair Market Value shall be determined without reduction based upon any lack of control, minority ownership, marketability or other similar discounts.  Notwithstanding the above, it is agreed that as of August 4, 2014, the Fair Market Value of the BBTS ED Contribution was $1,100,000,000 and the Fair Market Value of the Southcross ED Contribution was $462,500,000.
 
Final Exchange Tax Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a)(ii)(E).
 
Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
 
FMV Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
 
FMV Objection” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).
 
FOIA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(c).
 
FOIA Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b).
 
Forced Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(d).
 
Forced Shutdown” means any forced shutdown of the Equistar Facility during 2015 or 2016 as a direct result of any turnaround or other planned downtime in connection with the upgrade at the Equistar Facility.
 
Fully Participating Partners” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
 
GAAP” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).
 
General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and includes any successor to the General Partner and any Transferee of all but not less than all of the General Partner’s Interest in the Partnership.
 
 
 
 
18

 
 
 
 
GP Obligation” means (a) any indemnity obligation owed by the General Partner to any of its officers or directors or any third party and (b) any obligation owed by the General Partner for any tax, accounting, legal advisors or any other party that performs general and administrative services on behalf of the General Partner that are reasonably necessary to the conduct of the business of the General Partner.
 
Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership is the gross fair market value of such asset as agreed upon between the General Partner and the contributing Partner at the time of contribution.
 
(b) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Board of Directors, in a manner that is consistent with Code Section 7701(g) and this Agreement, as of the following times:
 
(i) the acquisition of an additional Interest by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution or as consideration for the performance of services on behalf of the Partnership;
 
(ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property other than money as consideration for an Interest;
 
(iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and
 
(iv) at such other times as the Board of Directors may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2; provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be made only if the Board of Directors reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership.
 
(c) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a Partner shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) on the date of distribution.
 
(d) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), except that Gross Asset Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) above is made in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d).
 
 
 
 
19

 
 
 
 
(e) If the Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clauses (b) or (d) hereof, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Deprecation taken into account with respect to such property for purposes of computing Profits and Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article V.
 
Hedging Agreement” shall mean (a) any swap, cap, collar, forward purchase, derivative, option or similar agreements or arrangements (other than long term commercial contracts for the sale of Hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of business) designed or entered into in order to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies and (b) any transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Masters Agreement, or any other master agreement to the extent relating to any of the transactions described in the preceding clause (a), in each case, together with any related schedules or confirmations.
 
Increased Commitment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Increased Commitment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(i).
 
Indebtedness” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Credit Agreement.
 
Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) each Officer or officer the General Partner, (c) the Directors, (d) each Organizing Person, (e) the Tax Matters Partner (or Person acting in a similar capacity), (f) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the Partnership (other than any Person in the SXE Group), (g) any Person who is or was a partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of the Partnership or any Affiliate of the Partnership (other than any Person in the SXE Group), (h) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Partnership or any Affiliate of the Partnership (other than any Person in the SXE Group) as a partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, however, that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services and (i) any Person the Partnership designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.
 
Independent Appraiser” means an independent investment bank or appraisal firm (and solely for purposes of Section 3.19(b), an accounting firm) with no material engagement within the three years prior to any engagement under this Agreement (other than as an Independent Appraiser pursuant to this Agreement) with the Partnership, any Partner or their Affiliates with experience involving non-public securities in the midstream industry.
 
Indirect Parent Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).
 
Initial Appraiser” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c)(i).
 
Initial Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).
 
Initial Investors” means ECP and EFS.
 
 
 
 
20

 
 
 
 
Initial Limited Partner” or “Initial Limited Partners” means Southcross and/or BBTS.
 
Initial Sharing Ratio” means, as to Southcross or BBTS, such Partner’s Class A Sharing Percentage as of August 4, 2014.
 
Interest” means the limited partnership interest of a Person in the Partnership at any particular time, including all Units held by such Person.
 
Interest Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) a varying rate per annum that is equal to the interest rate publicly quoted by JPMorgan Chase Bank (or its successor) from time to time as its prime commercial or similar reference interest rate, with adjustments in that varying rate to be made on the same date as any change in that rate, compounded annually, and (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.
 
Investor” means each Person listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Investors” and any Person acquiring Class B Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(i) (in their capacity as a holder of Class B Units).
 
Investor Guaranteed Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.
 
IPT Exercise Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a)(ii).
 
IPT Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).
 
IPT Notice Recipient” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a)(i).
 
IPT Transaction Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a)(i).
 
Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).
 
Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, lease, lien, adverse claim, levy, charge, right of first refusal or other encumbrance of any kind, or any conditional sale contract, title retention contract or other contract or agreement to give any of the foregoing.
 
Limited Partner” means each Class A Limited Partner, each Class B Limited Partner and each other Person hereafter admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement.
 
Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
 
Liquidation Priority Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d).
 
 “Liquidity Event” means a (a) Qualified IPO and (b) any other event wherein cash or cash equivalent proceeds to the Partners (and any assignees) on account of their respective Interests in the Partnership are generated outside the ordinary operation of the Partnership Group in conjunction with a disposition of equity of the General Partner and/or the Partnership Group (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) or all or any material portion of the assets of the General Partner and the Partnership Group.
 
 
 
 
21

 
 
 
 
 “Lock-Up Period” means the period from August 4, 2014, through August 4, 2016.
 
LLC Units” means Units (as defined in the GP Agreement).
 
MAC Contributing Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
 
MAC Cure Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
 
MAC Defaulting Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
 
MAC Default” means an event or occurrence giving rise to an indemnification obligation of Southcross or BBTS to the Partnership for Subject Losses pursuant to Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 of the Contribution Agreement to the extent the effect of such event or occurrence giving rise to such indemnification obligation results in an obligation of any member of the Partnership Group to make payment to any third party for such Subject Losses.
 
Make Whole Amount” means, with respect to each Class B Unit being redeemed (other than PIK Units), an amount equal to the sum of all Class B Distributions that would have otherwise been payable on account of such Class B Unit from and after the date of such redemption, if the applicable redemption of such Class B Unit had occurred on and as of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date (without duplication of any amounts previously paid on account of such Class B Unit or otherwise to be paid in connection with such redemption).
 
Make Whole Payment” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) with respect to each Class B Unit being redeemed (including PIK Units), the Class B Liquidation Value for each such Class B Unit, plus (b) with respect to each Class B Unit being redeemed (other than PIK Units), the Make Whole Amount for each such Class B Unit.
 
Measuring Date” means any date of determination of the Asset Coverage Ratio.
 
Midstream Activities” means the ownership, operation, maintenance, expansion, construction, commissioning and decommissioning of, and acquisition of, gathering systems, pipelines and treatment and processing facilities, marketing of capacity on such gathering systems, buying and selling gas and condensate in connection therewith, the provision of compression services in connection therewith, and all other acts or activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing.
 
Neutral Appraiser” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c)(ii).
 
Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c).
 
Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
Non-Requesting Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a)(ii).
 
Notice of Exercise” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
 
 
 
22

 
 
 
 
Observer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
 
Offer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Offerees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
 
Offeror” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).
 
Officer” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.
 
Optional Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17.
 
Organizing Person” means each Person executing the Certificate on behalf of the General Partner or the Partnership.
 
Original Partnership Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Parent” means with respect to any Entity, any other Entity that Controls such first Entity; provided that, in the case of EFS, Parent shall mean Aircraft Services Corporation or any Subsidiary of Aircraft Services Corporation that directly or indirectly holds Equity Securities in EFS.
 
Partial Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(e).
 
Partner” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners and any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Partner after the Effective Date in accordance with this Agreement.
 
Partner Indemnitors” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(f).
 
Partner Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
 
Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth for such term in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth for such term in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
 
Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.
 
Partnership Change in Control” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any Person (or any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)) that was not a Limited Partner as of the Effective Date or is not an Affiliate of any such Limited Partner, (a) acquires, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of a majority of the Class A Units and any other Equity Securities issued by the Partnership (other than the Class B Units or any Replacement Equity) or the outstanding Voting Interests in the Partnership or (b) acquires all or substantially all of the
 
 
 
23

 
 
 
assets of the Partnership; provided that a Dropdown Transaction shall not constitute a Partnership Change in Control.
 
Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
 
Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for such term in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d)(1).
 
Partnership Sale Value” means the amount that the Partnership would receive in an all cash sale of all of the assets and businesses of the Partnership and its wholly owned Subsidiaries as a going concern (giving effect to (a) all existing Liens on such assets and (b) all outstanding Indebtedness, of the Partnership and its wholly owned Subsidiaries) in an arm’s-length transaction with an unaffiliated third party consummated immediately preceding the event giving rise to the determination of the Partnership Sale Value (assuming that all of the proceeds of such sale were paid directly to the Partnership).
 
Permitted Operating Reserves” means those reserves established in good faith by the General Partner to cover all operating expenses of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, (including general and administrative expenses) reasonably anticipated to satisfy operating expenses for the 45 days following such date of determination for which sources of funding (including available debt facilities) are not then available.
 
Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
 
Person” means any individual or Entity.
 
PIK Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(ii).
 
PIK Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(ii).
 
PIK Units” means any Class B Units issued in kind as a distribution pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(ii) and Section 4.6(b)(iii).
 
Pipeline” shall mean gathering systems and pipeline systems, together with all contracts, rights-of-way, easements, servitudes, fixtures, equipment, improvements, permits, records, and other real property appertaining thereto.
 
PPD Period” means the period commencing with the occurrence of a Protective Provision Default and ending with the cure pursuant to this Agreement of such Protective Provision Default and any other Protective Provision Default that has occurred after the commencement of such period.
 
Primary Exercising Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c).
 
Primary Objecting Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).
 
Profits” and “Losses” means, for each Allocation Period or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such Allocation Period determined in
 
 
 
24

 
 
 
accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) will be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):
 
(a) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses will increase the amount of such income and/or decrease the amount of such loss;
 
(b) any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses, will decrease the amount of such income and/or increase the amount of such loss;
 
(c) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Partnership assets where such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value;
 
(d) in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such income or loss, Depreciation will be taken into account for such Allocation Period or other period;
 
(e) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset included in Partnership assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s Interest, the amount of such adjustment will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and will be taken into account for the purposes of computing Profits and Losses;
 
(f) if the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (b) or subparagraph (c) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” above, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account in the Allocation Period of such adjustment as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and
 
(g) notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of Profits and Losses, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3(b) hereof will not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
 
The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3(b) hereof will be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of Profits and Losses.
 
Proposed Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c).
 
 
 
 
25

 
 
 
 
Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a)(ii)(A).
 
Protective Provision Default” means the failure of the Partnership to fully observe and perform (a) its obligations in respect of the rights granted in this Agreement to the Class B Units or their holders set forth in any of Section 3.16, Section 3.17, Section 3.18, Section 4.6 and Section 6.2(d) or (b) any other material obligations in respect of the rights granted in this Agreement to the Class B Units or their holders; provided, that, (i) with respect to clause (b) above, a Protective Provision Default shall not be deemed to have occurred until the Class B Majority shall have delivered written notice to the General Partner stating in reasonable detail the event or action resulting in such failure by the Partnership and the full effect of such event or action has not been cured or remedied by the Partnership within fifteen (15) Business Days following the General Partner’s receipt of such notice and (ii) except in respect of any Protective Provision Default arising in respect of Section 6.2(d)(iv), if (a) the Class B Majority consents to or ratifies any action taken by the Partnership that constituted or would constitute a Protective Provision Default or (b) the Partnership cures, remedies or otherwise eliminates the effects of any action or failure that constituted a Protective Provision Default, such Protective Provision Default shall be deemed to have ended as of the date of such consent, ratification, cure or remedy for all purposes under this Agreement.
 
Prudent Industry Practices” means, at a particular time, any of the practices, methods, standards of care, skill, safety and diligence, as the same may change from time to time, but applied in light of the facts known at the time, that are consistent with the general standards applied or utilized under comparable circumstances by a reasonably prudent operator, in a good and workmanlike manner, with due diligence and dispatch, in accordance with good midstream industry practice.
 
Public Offering” means the sale in a firm underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of any class of Equity Securities of the Partnership (or any successor thereto).
 
Publicly Traded” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Current Market Value.
 
Purchase Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
 
Qualified IPO” means any transaction that results in at least $75 million of Equity Securities of the Partnership or any successor thereto (if and only if the Partnership or such successor has no assets other than ownership in SXE GP or any successor thereto) or SXE GP (or any successor thereto), being Publicly Traded pursuant to an underwritten Public Offering of securities.
 
Quarter” means the three month period ending on the last day of March, June, September or December, as applicable.
 
Real Property” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, including easements and rights of way, together with, in each case, all improvements and fixtures located thereon.
 
 
 
 
26

 
 
 
 
Redemption Closing Date” means the applicable closing date for the redemption of Class B Units as established by the Partnership pursuant to Section 3.17(a), Section 3.17(b)(ii), Section 3.17(c), Section 3.18(a) or Section 3.18(b).
 
Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17.
 
Redirected Distribution Amount” means, other than MAC Cure Amounts, the amount of Adjustment Loss attributable to a Redirected Partner.
 
Redirected Partner” means BBTS or Southcross, as applicable, at any time an Adjustment Loss is attributable to such Initial Limited Partner.
 
Registration Rights Agreement” means a registration rights agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Limited Partner entering into such agreement, relating to the registration of Equity Securities of the applicable issuer held by such Limited Partner.
 
Regulatory Issue” means any set of facts or circumstances in which the ownership by an Investor (or its Permitted Transferees) or its equity holders, directly or indirectly, of any Units (i) gives rise to a material violation of applicable law, or gives rise to a reasonable belief by such Limited Partner (based on advice of counsel) that such violation will arise, (ii) gives rise to a limitation under applicable law that will impair materially the ability of such Limited Partner or its equity holders to conduct its business or gives rise to a reasonable belief by such Limited Partner (based on advice of counsel) that such a limitation will arise, or (iii) gives rise to a requirement under applicable law, including banking regulations and applicable securities laws, that such Units be Transferred to a third party.
 
Remaining ROFO Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Remaining Securities Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).
 
Replacement Equity” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(vi).
 
Replacement Equity Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(vi).
 
Replacement Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(vi).
 
Requesting Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a).
 
ROFO Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
 
ROFR Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b).
 
ROFR Interest PSA” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b)(iv).
 
ROFR Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b)(ii).
 
ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b).
 
ROFR Notice Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b)(i).
 
 
 
 
27

 
 
 
 
Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9(a).
 
Sale/Leaseback Attributable Indebtedness” shall mean, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Partnership’s then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.
 
Sale and Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby the Partnership or any Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which the Partnership or any Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.
 
Second Appraiser” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c)(ii).
 
Secretary of State” means the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
 
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).
 
Set-Off Distributions” means Set-Off MAC Distributions and Set-Off RDA Distributions.
 
Set-Off MAC Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b).
 
Set-Off RDA Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c).
 
SEP GP” means Southcross Energy Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
Southcross” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and includes any successor to Southcross and any Transfer of all but not less than all of Southcross’ Interest.
 
Southcross ED Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Subject Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).
 
Subject Losses” has the meaning given such term in the Contribution Agreement.
 
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such
 
 
 
28

 
 
 
Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of SXE and its subsidiaries shall not be considered a Subsidiary of the Partnership.
 
SXE” means Southcross Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
SXE GP” means Southcross Energy Partners GP, LLC.
 
SXE Group” means SXE and its Subsidiaries.
 
SXE IDRs” means the Incentive Distribution Rights issued by SXE and beneficially owned by the Partnership Group.
 
SXE PIK Units” means the Class B Common Units of SXE paying quarterly distributions in kind.
 
SXE Units” means 2,116,400 Common Units of SXE and 12,213,713 Subordinated Units of SXE.
 
Tag-Along Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).
 
Tag-Along Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).
 
Tag-Along Sale Percentage” means a number, expressed as a percentage, equal to the number of Class A Units of the Tag-Along Seller proposed to be transferred in a Tag-Along Sale divided by the total number of Class A Units held by such Tag-Along Seller as of the date of the applicable Tag-Along Notice.
 
Tag-Along Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).
 
Tag-Along Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).
 
Tag Transferring Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).
 
Tax Amount” means the product of (a) the General Partner’s reasonable estimation of the taxable income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocated to a Partner or required to be recognized by a Partner as a result of the issuance of any Class A Units to such Partner in connection with any Unit Purchase Agreement for such Allocation Period, multiplied by (b) the highest marginal effective rate of U.S. federal, state and local income tax (including for this purpose any tax under Code Section 1411 or similar provisions of law) applicable to an
 
 
 
29

 
 
 
individual or corporation (whichever has the higher rate) resident in New York, New York, taking account of any difference in rates applicable to ordinary income, capital gains and “qualified dividends,” as such term is defined in Code Section 1(h) and any allowable deductions in respect of such state and local taxes in computing such Partner’s liability for U.S. federal income taxes, and such other assumptions as the General Partner shall reasonably determine.
 
Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).
 
Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.
 
Tax Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
 
TexStar” means TexStar Midstream Services, LP, a Texas limited partnership.
 
TexStar GP” means TexStar Midstream GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company and the general partner of TexStar.
 
Third-Party Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).
 
Total Capital Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
 
Total Consideration” means, as to any applicable Transfer or Approved Exit pursuant to the terms hereof, the sum of all cash and the Fair Market Value of all non-cash consideration to be paid for all Units Transferred in such transaction.
 
Trading Price” means, for any trading day, the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way for such day, in each case, (a) on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of such capital stock are listed, (b) if (a) does not apply, as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, (c) if (a) and (b) do not apply, as reported or quoted on any other interdealer quotation system, including the Pink Sheets, on which such capital stock or security is then traded or quoted or (d) if (a) through (c) do not apply, as otherwise reported by any member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected by the General Partner.
 
Transfer” means a direct or indirect disposition, sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, pledge or the grant of a security interest or other encumbrance.
 
Transferor” means a Person that Transfers or prepares to Transfer.
 
Transferee” is a Person to whom a Transfer is made or is prepared to be made.
 
Treasury Regulations” means the regulations (including temporary regulations) promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code.  All references herein to sections of the Treasury Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar or substitute, temporary or final Treasury Regulations.
 
TW” means Tailwater Capital LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
 
 
 
 
30

 
 
 
 
TW Aggregator” means TW BBTS Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
TW Group” means TW, TW Energy Fund, TW Aggregator, BBTX Unit, BBTX Unit II, BBTX Note, BBTX Note II and their respective Affiliates.
 
TW Energy Fund” means Tailwater Energy Fund I, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
Ultimate Parent” means (a) with respect to Southcross, Charlesbank Capital Partners, LLC, (b) with respect to BBTS, each of TW and EIG Management Company, LLC, (c) from and after a BBTS Distribution, with respect to any member of the TW Group, TW, (d) from and after a BBTS Distribution, with respect to any member of the EIG Group, EIG Management Company, LLC, (e) with respect to EFS, General Electric Capital Corporation, (f) with respect to ECP, Energy Capital Partners Mezzanine, LLC, and (g) with respect to any other Partner, the Person designated by the Board of Directors reasonably and in good faith as the ultimate Person that Controls such Partner upon its admission as a Partner.
 
Unaffiliated Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(e).
 
Unfunded Commitment Amount” means, with respect to each Investor and as of any time of determination, an amount equal to the Unfunded Equity Commitment Amount set forth opposite the name of each such Investor on Exhibit A hereto (as it may be reduced from time to time as a result of any amounts contributed by such Investor to the Partnership after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.1(e)); provided, however, that from and after the earliest to occur of (a) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) the occurrence of a Partnership Change in Control and (c) the breach by the Partnership of any of its material obligations under this Agreement or material obligations under the applicable Unit Purchase Agreement that is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt by the Partnership of written notice from one or more Investors notifying the Partnership of such breach (except in respect of any Protective Provision Default arising in respect of Section 6.2(d)(iv), in respect of which there shall be no such notice or cure period) (the period following receipt of such notice and prior to the earlier of such cure and the expiration of such period of fifteen (15) Business Days, the “Breach Cure Period”), the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each Investor shall be deemed to be $0.00; provided, however, that written notice of such breach from any one Investor shall be deemed given by all other Investors.  For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of any PIK Units to any Investor will not reduce the Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Investor.
 
Unfunded Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
 
Unit Purchase Agreement” means, as applicable, (a) that certain Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2014, entered into among the Initial Investors and the Partnership and (b) any Unit Purchase Agreement entered into among the Additional Investors and the Partnership, if any.
 
Units” means the Class A Units of the Partnership, the Class B Units of the Partnership and any other class of Units of the Partnership authorized and issued after the Effective Date.
 
Veto Interest” has the meaning set forth in the GP Agreement.
 
 
 
 
31

 
 
 
 
Voting Interests” means, as to a specified Person:  (a) in the case of a corporation, the outstanding securities thereof entitled to vote on the election of directors; (b) in the case of a limited partnership, the general partnership interests therein; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, partnership or venture, the securities or interests therein entitled to manage or elect the managers or other governing body of such Person; (d) in the case of a trust or estate, the interest therein entitled to appoint or elect the trustee or similar governing body thereof; and (e) in the case of any other Person, the interest therein entitled to elect the governing body of such Person or otherwise exercise the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person.
 
Voting Support” by a Partner with respect to a given action means that such Partner will (a) appear at any equity holder meeting of the Partnership or the General Partner to consider such action or otherwise cause its applicable Equity Securities owned by such Partner (or any of its Affiliates) as of the relevant time to be counted as present for purposes of calculating a quorum for such purpose, and respond to any other request by the Partnership or the General Partner for written consent, if any, with respect to such action, (b) vote, or cause to be voted, all of its applicable Equity Securities (i) in favor of the approval of such action, and (ii) against any action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to interfere with, delay or attempt to discourage the consummation of such action, and (c) cause the directors appointed by it to the Board of Directors of the General Partner to appear at any meeting of the Board of Directors to consider such action and direct such directors to vote (i) in favor of the approval of such action, and (ii) against any action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to interfere with, delay or attempt to discourage the consummation of such action.
 
Waived ROFR Transfer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b)(iii).
 
1.2. Construction.  Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified, and all references to Exhibits and Schedules are to exhibits and schedules attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes.  The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision, Section or Article of this Agreement.  Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision will be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, including actions taken by or on behalf of any Affiliate of such Person.  All accounting terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings accorded them in accordance with GAAP and, except as expressly provided herein, all accounting determinations will be made in accordance with such accounting principles in effect from time to time.  No provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in favor of, or against, any of the Parties by reason of the extent to which any such Party or its counsel participated in the drafting thereof or by reason of the extent to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft hereof or thereof.
 
 
 
 
32

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II
 
ORGANIZATION
 
2.1. Continuation of the Partnership.  The Partnership was organized as a Delaware limited partnership by the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “Certificate”) in the office of the Secretary of State pursuant to the Act on June 9, 2014.  The Partners desire to continue the Partnership for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  Except as provided herein, the rights, duties and liabilities of each Partner shall be as provided in the Act.
 
2.2. Name.  The name of the Partnership is Southcross Holdings LP.  Partnership business will be conducted in such name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the General Partner may select from time to time.
 
2.3. Registered Office; Registered Agent.  The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware will be the initial registered office designated in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law.  The registered agent of the Partnership in the State of Delaware will be the initial registered agent designated in the Certificate, or such other Person or Persons as the General Partner may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law.
 
2.4. Principal Office.  The principal office of the Partnership will initially be at such location as the General Partner may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware.  The Partnership may have such other offices as the General Partner may determine appropriate.
 
2.5. Purpose; Powers.  The Partnership is organized for the purposes of (a) engaging, directly or through its Subsidiaries, in Midstream Activities in the continental United States and (b) engaging, directly or through its Subsidiaries, in any other business or activity that now or hereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable or convenient in furtherance of or otherwise relating to the foregoing purpose as determined by the General Partner in its discretion.  The Partnership will have all powers permitted to be exercised by a limited partnership organized in the State of Delaware.
 
2.6. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Partnership (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement purposes will end on December 31st unless otherwise determined by the General Partner.  The tax year of the Partnership (the “Tax Year”) for income tax purposes will end on December 31st unless otherwise required under the Code.
 
2.7. Foreign Qualification Governmental Filings.  Prior to the Partnership’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware, the General Partner will cause the Partnership to comply, to the extent procedures are available, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in such jurisdiction.  Each Officer is authorized, on behalf of the Partnership, to execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver
 
 
 
33

 
 
 
all certificates and other instruments as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with such qualifications.  Further, each Partner will execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all certificates and other instruments that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, or, as appropriate, to continue or terminate such qualification of, the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in all such jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business.
 
2.8. Term.  The Partnership commenced on the date the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and will continue in existence until terminated pursuant to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III
 
PARTNERS; DISPOSITIONS OF INTERESTS
 
3.1. Partners.  As of the Effective Date, the undersigned Partners are the sole Partners of the Partnership.  The names, addresses, Capital Contributions and number and class of Units of each Partner are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.  The General Partner is hereby authorized to amend Exhibit A to reflect the admission of additional Partners, the withdrawal of a Partner, the change of address of a Partner, the Capital Contribution of a Partner, the number and classes of Units of a Partner, and other information called for by Exhibit A. Such completion, correction or amendment may be made from time to time as and when the General Partner considers it appropriate.
 
3.2. Liability of Partners.
 
(a) Except as this Agreement may otherwise provide or applicable law may otherwise require, (i) the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Partnership, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Partnership, and (ii) no Limited Partner shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership solely by reason of being a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
 
(b) A Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall have no liability in excess of (i) the amount of its Capital Contribution, if any, (ii) its share of any assets and undistributed profits of the Partnership and (iii) the amount of any distributions wrongfully distributed to it to the extent set forth in the Act.
 
3.3. Restrictions on Management by Limited Partners.  No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall have the right or power to take part in the control of the Partnership or its business or affairs or the right or power to act for or bind the Partnership in any way.  Where the action of a Limited Partner is required by this Agreement or applicable law, a Limited Partner may act by written consent.
 
3.4. Restrictions on the Transfer of Interests.
 
(a) General.
 
 
 
 
34

 
 
 
 
(i) Until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, no holder of Class A Units (or any of their Permitted Transferees) shall be permitted to Transfer any Class A Units (other than to a Permitted Transferee) without the prior written consent of the General Partner; provided BBTS may effect a distribution of all (and not less than all) of its Class A Units pursuant to a BBTS Distribution at any time after the Effective Date.  From the expiration of the Lock-Up Period until August 4, 2017, no holder of Class A Units (or any of their Permitted Transferees) shall be permitted to Transfer more than 50% of the Class A Units held by such holder as of the Effective Date (other than to a Permitted Transferee) without the prior written consent of the General Partner; provided BBTS may effect a distribution of all (and not less than all) of its Class A Units pursuant to a BBTS Distribution at any time after the Effective Date.  From and after August 4, 2017, any holder of Class A Units may Transfer all or any portion of its Class A Units, subject to the provisions of this Article III.
 
(ii) Prior to the Commitment Termination, no holder of Class B Units shall be permitted to Transfer any Class B Units (other than to a Permitted Transferee) without the prior written consent of the General Partner; provided that the foregoing restriction on Transfer of Class B Units shall not apply to Transfers required to comply with, or to avoid any material limitation on such holder’s ability to conduct its business arising under, any applicable law or regulation; provided further however, that any Transfer by a holder of Class B Units pursuant to the preceding proviso shall not relieve such holder of any obligations under Section 4.1(e) with respect to its Unfunded Commitment Amount.  From and after the Commitment Termination, any holder of Class B Units may Transfer all or any portion of its Class B Units, subject to the provisions of this Article III; provided that the Initial Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees, as a group, shall not without the General Partner’s consent Transfer (other than to one or more Permitted Transferees) in the aggregate (i) more than $50,000,000 of Class B Units (calculated as the product of the number of Class B Units Transferred multiplied by the Class B Issue Price) or (ii) Class B Units to more than five (5) Transferees of record.
 
(iii) The Partnership and the Partners all agree and acknowledge that any Transfer by any holder of Units (or any Permitted Transferee of a holder of Units) of any Units shall be deemed to be a Transfer of such holder’s entire Interest related to such Units for all purposes of this Agreement and the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Article III shall apply; provided, however, that any Indirect Parent Transfer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.10.  No Interest may be Transferred by a holder of Units separate and apart from its Units, and any attempted Transfer by a holder of Units (or Permitted Transferee of a holder of Units) of any Units other than in accordance with this Article III is void ab initio and will not be recognized by the Partnership.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any holder of Class A Units and Class B Units from Transferring Units of one class without Transferring Units of the other class; provided, however, that any such Transfer is otherwise made in accordance with the requirements of this Article III.
 
(b) Conditions to Transfer.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Transfer of a Unit may be effected by any holder of a Unit unless:  (i) such
 
 
 
35

 
 
 
Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws, and, if requested by the General Partner, such Transferring Partner has delivered an opinion of such Partner’s counsel to the Partnership, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership, to the effect that such Transfer is either exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state or that such registration requirements have been complied with, (ii) such Transfer would not cause the Partnership to be treated as an association or “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation and would not make the Partnership ineligible for “safe harbor” treatment under Code Section 7704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (iii) such Transfer would not cause a termination of SXE for federal income tax purposes (provided that this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply to a BBTS’ distribution of all (and not less than all) of its Units pursuant to a BBTS Distribution if such distribution is made prior to December 5, 2014), and (iv) such Transfer would not cause the Partnership or any Partner to become subject to regulation under either the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.  No Transferee of Units other than a Permitted Transferee shall become a Partner without the approval of the General Partner, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Any Person admitted as a Partner of the Partnership pursuant to a Transfer made in accordance with the terms set forth above must agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering to the General Partner a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “Joinder”).  The General Partner will determine in its sole discretion whether the foregoing conditions have been satisfied and may, in its sole discretion, determine to waive any such conditions to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
(c) General Partner.  The General Partner may not Transfer any Units held by it or its general partner interest in the Partnership without the written consent of each Designating Party.  No Partner who owns LLC Units may Transfer any such LLC Units except in the event that such Partner Transfers any Units, such Partner shall be required to Transfer to such Transferee, and such Transferee shall as a condition to such Transfer be required to accept, a pro rata percentage of such Transferor’s LLC Units; and likewise, any Partner who Transfers LLC Units shall also be required to Transfer to such Transferee a pro rata percentage of the Units held by such Partner based on the number of LLC Units being Transferred by such Partner relative to the total number of LLC Units held by such Partner; provided that upon the BBTS Distribution, BBTS may Transfer its LLC Units to a single  member of the TW Group to which the greatest number of Units distributed to the TW Group is distributed and to a single member of the EIG  Group to which the greatest number of Units distributed to the EIG Group is distributed.
 
(d) Affiliate Transfers; Permitted Transferees; Liquidity Event.  Without complying with Section 3.7 or Section 3.8, (i) BBTS may Transfer Units to any wholly owned Subsidiary of BlackBrush TexStar or pursuant to a BBTS Distribution, (ii) Southcross may Transfer any Units to any Affiliate of Southcross, (iii) after a BBTS Distribution TW may Transfer any Units to any Affiliate of TW Controlled by any member of the TW Group, and EIG may Transfer any Units to any Affiliate of EIG Controlled by any member of the EIG Group, and any other Partner may Transfer any Units to any Affiliate of such Partner Controlled by the Ultimate Parent of such Partner, and (iv) each Investor may Transfer any Units to any Affiliate of such Investor that is Controlled by the Ultimate Parent of such Investor or to any other Investor or its Affiliate (any such Transferee, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided any such
 
 
 
36

 
 
 
Permitted Transferee not already a party to this Agreement shall comply with Section 3.4(b) of this Agreement and execute and deliver to the General Partner a Joinder and (v) any holder of Units may Transfer any Units held by it pursuant to a Liquidity Event.
 
(e) Regulatory Transfers. Subject to applicable law and in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (other than Section 3.4(a), Section 3.7, Section 3.8 and Section 3.10), and subject to the terms of this Section 3.4(e), to the extent an Investor (or its Permitted Transferees) has a Regulatory Issue such Limited Partner shall be permitted to Transfer the Units of such Limited Partner to any Person (an “Unaffiliated Transferee”) if (i) the General Partner approves the Unaffiliated Transferee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, but it being understood that, among other reasons, it is reasonable for the General Partner to withhold its approval of any Unaffiliated Transferee if (x) a Transfer of Units to such Unaffiliated Transferee would mandate any filings or disclosure obligations pursuant to any laws or regulations (other than customary Securities and Exchange Commission filings regarding ownership), (y) such Unaffiliated Transferee is a competitor of the Partnership, SXE or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (z) granting such Unaffiliated Transferee the rights under this Agreement would breach any contractual obligation of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries), (ii) such Unaffiliated Transferee signs a joinder to this Agreement as a Limited Partner and such other documentation reasonably acceptable to the General Partner and (iii) if requested  by the General Partner, prior to effecting the Transfer to the Unaffiliated Transferee, such Limited Partner makes all additional Capital Contributions contemplated by Exhibit A to be made by such Limited Partner and receives Class B Units in respect thereof in amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the amount of such additional Capital Contributions by the Class B Issue Price.
 
3.5. Additional Partners.  Upon the approval of the General Partner (provided the General Partner hereby approves the admission of each member of the EIG Group and each member of the TW Group to which Class A Units are distributed pursuant to a BBTS Distribution as a Class A Limited Partner upon the distribution to such Person of Class A Units pursuant to a BBTS Distribution), additional Persons may be admitted to the Partnership as Partners (on and subject to the conditions of Section 3.4(b) in the case of Transferees of Units) and Units may be created and issued to such Persons as determined by the General Partner on such terms and conditions as the General Partner may determine at the time of admission, subject to the rights of the Limited Partners to participate in such issuance pursuant to Section 4.1.  Subject to Section 6.2, the terms of admission may provide for the creation of different classes or series of Units having different rights, powers and duties.  As a condition to being admitted as a Partner of the Partnership, any Person must agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering to the General Partner a Joinder, and must make the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit C as of the date of such Person’s admission to the Partnership.  Any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Partner following the Transfer of Units from a Partner shall succeed to all of the rights, duties and obligations of its Transferor under this Agreement; provided that any such Transfer by a Partner shall not (i) relieve such Partner of its duties and obligations under this Agreement for periods prior to such Transfer or (ii) relieve any Investor of its obligations under Section 4.1(e) with respect to its Unfunded Commitment Amount.
 
 
 
 
37

 
 
 
 
3.6. Liability to Third Parties.  No Partner or Officer will have any personal liability for any obligations or liabilities of the Partnership, whether such liabilities arise in contract, tort or otherwise, except to the extent that any such liabilities or obligations are expressly assumed in writing by such Partner or Officer.
 

3.7. Tag Along Rights.
 
(a) Tag-Along Sale.  If at any time following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and prior to a Qualified IPO of the Partnership (or any successor thereto) any holder of Class A Units or holders of Class A Units (the “Tag-Along Seller”) elect to Transfer to any Person or Persons other than a Permitted Transferee (collectively, a “Tag-Along Transferee”), in a transaction or series of related transactions (including by way of a purchase agreement, tender offer, merger or other business combination transaction or otherwise) in any twelve (12) month period a number of Class A Units in excess of either (i) 35% of the Tag-Along Seller’s Class A Units (provided this clause (i) shall not apply to ECP or its Transferees (including Permitted Transferees) or EFS or its Transferees (including Permitted Transferees) or any Additional Investor (other than a Designating Party) or its Transferees (including Permitted Transferees) to the extent any such Persons own less than 25% of the outstanding Class A Units at such time) or (ii) a number of Class A Units in excess of 10% of the outstanding Class A Units at such time (a “Tag-Along Sale”), then each of the other holders of Class A Units may, subject to the other provisions of this Section 3.7, require such Tag-Along Seller to include in the Tag-Along Sale a number of its Class A Units (such number not to exceed a number of Class A Units in excess of such Partner’s Class A Units multiplied by the Tag-Along Sale Percentage) on the terms set forth in this Section 3.7, subject to proportionate reduction in the event that the Tag-Along Transferee is unwilling to acquire all of the Class A Units offered to it.
 
(b) Terms of Sale.  In connection with a Tag-Along Sale, the Tag-Along Seller shall provide each other holder of Class A Units with written notice thereof at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date on which the Tag-Along Seller expects to consummate the Tag-Along Sale (the “Tag-Along Notice”).  The Tag-Along Notice shall contain (i) the name and address of the Tag-Along Transferee, (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered by the Tag-Along Transferee, (iii) the number of Class A Units of the Tag-Along Seller being transferred and the Tag-Along Sale Percentage and (iv) all other material terms of the proposed transaction, including  the expected closing date of the transaction.  In the event that the terms and/or conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice are thereafter amended in any respect, the Tag-Along Seller shall give written notice (an “Amended Tag-Along Notice”) of the amended terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer to each other holder of Class A Units.  Any Person electing to participate in the Tag-Along Sale shall provide the Tag-Along Seller with written notice thereof (which notice shall set forth the number of Class A Units of such Person that such Person desires to include in such Tag-Along Sale (such number not to exceed a number of Class A Units in excess of such Partner’s Class A Units multiplied by the Tag-Along Sale Percentage)) within ten (10) Business Days prior to the date on which the Tag-Along Seller expects to consummate the Tag-Along Sale (or if an Amended Tag-Along Notice is delivered, within 10 days after the delivery of such Amended Tag-Along Notice (and the closing shall not occur prior to the expiration of 10 days after such Amended Tag-Along Notice has been delivered to each holder of Class A Units)).  Each Partner
 
 
 
38

 
 
 
electing to Transfer its Class A Units shall execute such documents, as are executed by the Tag-Along Seller with respect to the Tag-Along Sale, provided that (i) any such Person shall not be required to make any representations or warranties in connection with such Transfer other than representations and warranties as to (A) such Person’s ownership of its Class A Units to be transferred free and clear of Liens, (B) such Person’s power and authority to effect such Transfer, and (C) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws as the transferee may reasonably require, and (ii) any indemnification or other obligations assumed or incurred in connection with a Tag-Along Sale shall be allocated among all Persons Transferring Class A Units (collectively, the “Tag Transferring Persons”) in the same proportion as the consideration payable to each such Tag Transferring Person in each case other than with respect to representations made individually by the indemnifying Person (e.g., representations as to title or authority of such Person).  In no event shall (i) the consideration to be received by Tag Transferring Persons in connection with a Tag-Along Sale consist of any form of non-cash consideration other than freely tradable publicly traded securities or (ii) the amount of any indemnity obligation of any Tag Transferring Person exceed the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any non-cash consideration received by such Tag Transferring Person in such Tag-Along Sale, except in the case of fraud by such Tag Transferring Person.
 
(c) An election of any holder of Class A Units delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(b) to participate in a Tag-Along Sale shall be irrevocable, and such holder of Class A Units shall be bound and obligated to participate in the Tag-Along Sale in accordance with such election; provided, however, that if any proportionate reduction of the number of Class A Units to be included in a Tag-Along Sale as contemplated by Section 3.7(a) would cause a Tag Transferring Person to have a number of Class A Units following such Tag-Along Sale such that such Person would cease to be a Designating Party or retain a Veto Interest, such Tag Transferring Person shall have the right to revoke its election to participate in such Tag-Along Sale.
 
(d) Each holder of Class A Units who does not deliver notice of its election to participate in the Tag-Along Sale within ten (10) Business Days prior to the date on which the Tag-Along Seller expects to consummate the Tag-Along Sale (or if an Amended Tag-Along Notice is delivered, within 10 days after the delivery of such Amended Tag-Along Notice) shall be deemed to have waived such holder’s rights under this Section 3.7 with respect to such Tag-Along Sale.
 
(e) For purposes of determining the amount of the Total Consideration to be delivered for the Class A Units included in a Tag-Along Sale to be paid to each holder of Class A Units, each Tag Transferring Person shall receive its proportionate percentage of such (and each type of) Total Consideration based on the number of Class A Units such holder is Transferring in such Tag-Along Sale relative to the total number of Class A Units being Transferred in such Tag-Along Sale.
 
(f) Each holder of Class A Units selling any Class A Units pursuant to any Tag-Along Sale in which less than all of the outstanding Class A Units are sold shall, prior to consummating such sale, notify the General Partner of which Class A Units are being sold by such holder (including any Capital Contributions and distributions previously made in respect of such Class A Units) pursuant to such Tag-Along Sale.
 
 
 
 
39

 
 
 
 
(g) Any Person who sells or purchases, as applicable, Units pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall also be required to sell or purchase, as applicable, a pro rata percentage of the LLC Units held by any Transferring Person (if applicable) based on the number of Units being Transferred by such Transferring Person relative to the total number of Units held by such Transferring Person.
 
(h) This Section 3.7 shall not apply to any Transfer of Units pursuant to Section 3.16 or an Approved Exit.
 
3.8. Right of First Offer.
 
(a) Purchase Offer.  If at any time following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and prior to a Qualified IPO of the Partnership (or any successor thereto) (other than in the case of a Transfer which is expressly permitted under this Agreement) any holder of Class A Units (a “Seller”) desires to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its Class A Units, the Seller shall deliver a Purchase Offer (as herein defined) to each Designating Party (the “Offerees”) and the Partnership.  A “Purchase Offer” is an offer to sell all or a portion of the Class A Units (the “ROFO Securities”) held by the Seller which (i) is in writing, (ii) sets forth a purchase price all in cash, payable at closing or over a fixed period of time and (iii) includes any other material terms and conditions of the offer.
 
(b) Exercise.  During the 45-day period following the receipt of the Purchase Offer by the Partnership and the Offerees (the “Offer Period”), each Offeree shall have the right, at its option and at any time prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, to purchase up to its pro rata portion (which shall be determined for each Offeree by dividing (i) the Class A Sharing Percentage of such Offeree by (ii) the aggregate Class A Sharing Percentage held by all Offerees) of the ROFO Securities covered by the Purchase Offer on the price and terms as set forth in the Purchase Offer, which option may be exercised by delivering written notice of exercise thereof (a “Notice of Exercise”) to the Seller within the Offer Period and by tendering performance at the principal offices of the Partnership, within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Exercise (the “Closing Period”).  The Offerees may include with their Notice of Exercise any additional representations or warranties or indemnity obligations they desire the Seller to provide, which the Seller may accept or reject in whole or in part, and if the Seller rejects any such proposal in writing such Offeree may withdraw the Notice of Exercise by written notice to the Seller delivered within five days after receipt of the Seller’s rejection.  In the event that any Offeree fails to exercise its right to purchase its full pro rata portion of the ROFO Securities of the Seller being offered, the Seller shall deliver a written notice (the “Remaining Securities Notice”) to each Offeree that timely delivered a Notice of Exercise and elected to purchase its full pro rata portion of the ROFO Securities offering to sell to such Offerees such portion of the ROFO Securities (the “Remaining ROFO Securities”) that were not subject to a Notice of Exercise (or with respect to which a Notice of Exercise was withdrawn in accordance with this Section 3.8(b)), which option may be exercised by such Offerees by delivering written notice of exercise thereof (an “Additional Notice of Exercise”) within five Business Days following the end of the Offer Period (the “Extended Offer Period”).  Such Remaining ROFO Securities shall be allocated among such Offerees in any manner mutually acceptable to such Offerees or, if such Offerees are unable to agree, in proportion to their respective relative Class A Sharing Percentages as of the date on which the Remaining Securities Notice is
 
 
 
40

 
 
 
delivered (which shall be determined for each Offeree by dividing (i) the Class A Sharing Percentage of such exercising Offeree by (ii) the aggregate Class A Sharing Percentage held by all such Offerees electing to participate in the purchase of the Remaining ROFO Securities).
 
(c) Closing.  If Seller has complied with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.8 and a Notice of Exercise and/or Additional Notice of Exercise is not delivered to Seller prior to the end of the Offer Period or Extended Offer Period, as applicable, or a Notice of Exercise and/or Additional Notice of Exercise is timely delivered (and not withdrawn as permitted by Section 3.8(b)) but all the ROFO Securities of the Seller that are the subject of the Purchase Offer are not purchased by the Offerees prior to the end of the Closing Period, then the Seller may sell all (but not less than all) of the ROFO Securities within one hundred twenty days (120) after expiration of the Offer Period or Extended Offer Period, as applicable, if a Notice of Exercise and/or Additional Notice of Exercise is delivered (and not withdrawn as permitted by Section 3.8(b)) but the purchase failed to timely occur, one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Closing Period, as applicable, to any Person (a “Third-Party Purchaser”) for a price equal to or greater than the price specified in the Purchase Offer, with financing terms no more favorable in any material respect to the Third-Party Purchaser than those set forth in the Purchase Offer and on other terms and conditions that, as a whole, are not materially more favorable to the Third-Party Purchaser than the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Offer (provided that (i) modifications or additions to representations and warranties made by Seller and indemnity obligations of Seller agreed to with the Third-Party Purchaser shall not be deemed to be materially more favorable to the Third-Party Purchaser unless such representations, warranties or indemnity obligations were requested by Offerees and rejected by the Seller or such representations, warranties or indemnity obligations reasonably could be expected to result in a liability of the Seller to the Third-Party Purchaser in an amount that would cause the consideration received by the Seller to be less than the amount set forth in the Purchase Offer and (ii) the placing into escrow of any consideration to satisfy any purchase price adjustments or indemnity obligation of the Seller shall not be deemed more favorable to the Third-Party Purchaser as long as the total consideration payable without regard to such adjustments or indemnification is equal to or greater than the price stated in the Purchase Offer).  If the Seller shall fail to complete a transaction with a Third-Party Purchaser for all of the ROFO Securities within such one hundred twenty day (120) period, the Seller shall again be subject to and required to comply with all the provisions of this Section 3.8.
 
(d) Any Person who sells or purchases, as applicable, Class A Units pursuant to this Section 3.8 also shall be required to sell or purchase, as applicable, a pro rata percentage of the LLC Units held by any Transferring Person (if applicable) based on the number of Units being Transferred by such Transferring Person relative to the total number of Units held by such Transferring Person.
 
(e) This Section 3.8 shall not apply to any Transfer of Units pursuant to Section 3.16 or an Approved Exit.
 
3.9. Limitation of Rights.  Unless and until a Transferee of Units is admitted as a Partner pursuant to Section 3.5, such Transferee shall not have any rights of a Partner other than (subject to Section 3.4) the right to receive distributions and allocations in accordance with Article V with respect to its Units, but shall be subject to the obligations of a Partner and a holder
 
 
 
41

 
 
 
of Units under, and shall be bound by the provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.8, 3.10, 3.13, 7.4, 7.5, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.6, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9 and 11.12 as though such Transferee were a Partner and shall be entitled to the rights as a holder of Units under Section 3.7 and Section 3.12.
 
3.10. Indirect Transfers.
 
(a) If any holder of Class A Units or any Parent of a holder of Class A Units proposes to effect a transaction or series of transactions that would result in a Change in Control of such holder of Units or any such Parent (such transaction, an “Indirect Parent Transfer”), then such holder of Units (the “Subject Company”) or its Parent shall give written notice to the other Class A Limited Partners (“IPT Notice”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such Indirect Parent Transfer (or such shorter period as is agreed by the relevant parties), stating the desire of such holder of Class A Units or such Parent to effect such Indirect Parent Transfer, the identity of the other party to such transaction (the “Offeror”), the interest to be transferred, and all other material terms and conditions of such transaction, including a description of purchase price allocation.  Upon an Indirect Parent Transfer:
 
(i) first, each Class A Limited Partner receiving the IPT Notice (each, an “IPT Notice Recipient”), or, if an IPT Notice is not delivered in violation of this Section 3.10(a) and an Indirect Parent Transfer otherwise occurs with respect to a holder of Class A Units, then any other Class A Limited Partner, upon obtaining actual knowledge of such Indirect Parent Transfer, shall have the right to (x) at the option of BBTS, if Southcross (or any Permitted Transferee of Southcross) is the Subject Company (prior to the BBTS Distribution) or (y) at the option of Southcross, if BBTS (or any Permitted Transferee of BBTS) is the Subject Company (prior to the BBTS Distribution), purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class A Units held by the Subject Company for an amount equal to the implied value per Class A Unit allocated to such Class A Units by the Offeror, or if no such allocation is made by the Offeror, the fair market value of such Class A Units (the “IPT Transaction Value”) (provided if any other IPT Notice Recipient or Class A Limited Partner also exercises its right to purchase, each exercising IPT Notice Recipient and each exercising Class A Limited Partner will have the right to purchase its pro rata portion of the Class A Units being sold in the proportion that the Class A Units held by such IPT Notice Recipient or such Class A Limited Partner bears to the Class A Units held by all exercising IPT Notice Recipients and all exercising Class A Limited Partners, for an amount equal to the IPT Transaction Value of such Class A Units); or
 
(ii) if no Class A Limited Partner exercises the rights under clause (i) above, then each Class A Limited Partner, each at its own option, may sell to the Subject Company, and the Subject Company shall have the obligation to purchase, all, but not less than all, of the Class A Units held by each exercising IPT Notice Recipient and each exercising Class A Limited Partner for the IPT Transaction Value of such Class A Units; provided, however, that if the Subject Company is an Investor (other than a Designating Party) or its Affiliates or Transferees (including Permitted Transferees) and at the time of such Indirect Parent Transfer such Investor and its Affiliates and Transferees held less than 10% of the outstanding Class A Units, the Subject Company shall have no obligation to purchase from any Class A Limited Partner any Class A Units pursuant to
 
 
 
42

 
 
 
this Section 3.10; and provided, further, that if the Class A Units to be sold pursuant to this clause (ii) have different economic characteristics (under Section 5.1(b) and/or Section 5.1(c)) than the Class A Units held by the Subject Company, the IPT Transaction Value shall be the fair market value of the Class A Units to be sold determined in accordance with Section 3.10(c).  Such right may be exercised by written notice to the Subject Company given within thirty (30) days of receipt of the IPT Notice, or, if an IPT Notice is not delivered in violation of this Section 3.10(a) or an Indirect Parent Transfer otherwise occurs with respect to a holder of Class A Units, then such right may be exercised by any Class A Limited Partner by providing written notice to the Subject Company within one hundred twenty (120) days after obtaining actual knowledge of such Indirect Parent Transfer (any such notice, and “IPT Exercise Notice”).  The failure of an IPT Notice Recipient or any other Class A Limited Partner to notify the Subject Company within such time period provided above of any election under this Section 3.10(a) shall be deemed an election by the IPT Notice Recipient or such other Class A Limited Partner not to exercise its right to acquire or sell Class A Units pursuant to this Section 3.10 in connection with such Indirect Parent Transfer.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Indirect Parent Transfer occurs on or prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, for purposes of Section 3.10(a)(i), (i) the IPT Transaction Value shall be deemed to be 80% of the IPT Transaction Value of such Class A Units for purposes of Section 3.10(a)(i) and (ii) the IPT Transaction Value shall be deemed to be 120% of the IPT Transaction Value of such Class A Units for purposes of Section 3.10(a)(ii), it being the intent of the Partners that a Change in Control of any holder of Class A Units (including Permitted Transferees) or any Parent of a holder of Class A Units (including Permitted Transferees) not occur on or prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.
 
(c) For purposes of this Section 3.10, the “fair market value” of any Class A Units shall be the fair market value of such Class A Units (giving effect to any Set-Off Distributions associated therewith as contemplated by Section 3.14(b)), each as agreed to by the Subject Company and the other Limited Partners electing to purchase or sell such Class A Units (such other Limited Partners, collectively, the “Exercising Partner”) that collectively hold a majority of the Class A Units held by all Exercising Partners (the “Primary Exercising Partner”) or, each Exercising Partner electing to sell its Class A Units (as to such Exercising Partner’s Class A Units), as applicable, or,
 
(i) if the Subject Company and the Primary Exercising Partner or Exercising Partner, as applicable, fail to agree within thirty (30) days after the Exercising Partner has delivered written notice to the Subject Company in accordance with Section 3.10(d), the fair market value of such Class A Units as determined by an Independent Appraiser with no material engagement with the Subject Company or the Exercising Partner or their Affiliates within three years prior to such engagement selected by the Primary Exercising Partner.  Any such investment bank so appointed, shall be deemed the “Initial Appraiser” which determination by such Initial Appraiser shall be made based on the proceeds such Class A Units would receive if an amount equal to the Class A Unit Fair Market Value was distributed by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.1 (giving effect to all prior distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 and
 
 
 
43

 
 
 
Section 5.2) and without reduction based upon any lack of control, minority ownership, marketability or other similar discounts; and
 
(ii) If the Subject Company objects to the fair market value determination made by the Initial Appraiser, then the Subject Company may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Initial Appraiser’s determination of fair market value, select an Independent Appraiser with no material engagement with the Subject Company or the Exercising Partner or their Affiliates within three years prior to such engagement (the “Second Appraiser”).  The Initial Appraiser and the Second Appraiser shall thereupon select a third Independent Appraiser which has not had any material engagement with the Subject Company or the Exercising Partner or their Affiliates within three years prior to such engagement (the “Neutral Appraiser”).  The Subject Company and the Exercising Partner shall execute such engagement and indemnity agreements as the Neutral Appraiser shall require as a condition to engagement and each shall be responsible for all fees and expenses of the Independent Appraiser selected by it and for its one half of all fees and expenses of the Neutral Appraiser.  The Subject Company and the Exercising Partner shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, make available to the other and the investment banks such information as is reasonably necessary to reach a fair market value determination.  Each of the Initial Appraiser, Second Appraiser, and Neutral Appraiser shall independently determine its proposed fair market value of the Class A Units, which determination by such Initial Appraiser shall be made based on the proceeds such Class A Units would receive if an amount equal to the Class A Unit Fair Market Value was distributed by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.1 (giving effect to all prior distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 5.2) and without reduction based upon any lack of control, minority ownership, marketability or other similar discounts and “fair market value” shall thereupon mean the average of the two such proposed fair market values that are nearest to one another.  If the Subject Company fails to select the Second Appraiser within the 30 day period provided above, such Subject Company shall be deemed to have waived such objection and the fair market determination by the Initial Appraiser shall be deemed final.
 
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.10, within 15 days after receipt of an IPT Exercise Notice by a Subject Company such Subject Company may deliver written notice (a “Cure Notice”) to the Person who delivered such IPT Exercise Notice that the Indirect Parent Transfer was inadvertent and such Subject Company may, during the 30 days immediately following delivery of a Cure Notice (the “Cure Period”), effect such actions to cause the Change in Control giving rise to the Indirect Parent Transfer to cease to exist such that there shall no longer exist a Change in Control of such Subject Company, and the time periods for actions to occur after delivery of an IPT Exercise Notice (other than the Cure Period) shall be tolled during such Cure Period.  If the Subject Company successfully takes such action within such Cure Period to cause the Change in Control giving rise to such Indirect Parent Transfer to cease to exist such that there shall no longer exist a Change in Control of the Subject Company upon the expiration of such Cure Period, then this Section 3.10 shall no longer apply with respect to such previous Indirect Parent Transfer.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.10, (i) a Change in Control of the Ultimate Parent of Southcross shall not constitute a Change in Control of Southcross or any
 
 
 
44

 
 
 
Permitted Transferee of Southcross, (ii) a Change in Control of the Ultimate Parent of BBTS shall not constitute a Change in Control of BBTS or any Permitted Transferee of BBTS, for purposes of this Section 3.10, (iii) from and after a BBTS Distribution, a Change in Control of the Ultimate Parent of any EIG shall not constitute a Change in Control of any member of the EIG Group or any Permitted Transferee of any member of the EIG Group, and a Change in Control of the Ultimate Parent of TW shall not constitute a Change in Control of any member of the TW Group or any Permitted Transferee of any member of the TW Group for purposes of this Section 3.10 and (iv) a Change in Control of the Ultimate Parent of any other holder of Class A Units shall not constitute a Change in Control of such holder of Class A Units or any Permitted Transferee of such holder of Class A Units.
 
(f) Any Person who purchases Units pursuant to this Section 3.10 also shall purchase all of the LLC Units held by any Transferring Person (if applicable).
 
3.11. Liquidity Event.
 
(a) Subject to Section 3.17(b), if the General Partner approves a Liquidity Event (an “Approved Exit”), each Partner shall provide Voting Support with respect to such Approved Exit and raise no objections against such Approved Exit and, to the extent necessary to effect the consummation of such Approved Exit, vote for and consent to such Approved Exit; provided, however, that any such vote, consent or approval by a Partner shall not constitute a waiver or otherwise affect any rights or obligations of any Partner under this Section 3.11 or Section 3.13 of this Agreement or Section 7.13 of the GP Agreement with respect to such Approved Exit or any rights of a Partner with respect to or arising as a result of such Approved Exit under any agreement to which such Partner is a party.  Subject to Section 3.17(b), if the Approved Exit is structured as a (i) merger, consolidation or sale of assets, each Partner shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger, consolidation or sale of assets or (ii) sale of Class A Units, each Partner shall agree to sell all of its Class A Units or rights to acquire Class A Units on the terms and conditions approved by the General Partner.  Each Partner shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Exit as reasonably requested by the General Partner.
 
(b) In any Approved Exit, the consideration received by the Partnership shall be allocated and distributed to each Limited Partner subject to and in accordance with Section 5.1.
 
(c) Holders of Class A Units shall bear their pro rata share (based upon their Class A Sharing Percentage) of the costs of any sale of Class A Units pursuant to an Approved Exit to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Class A Units and are not otherwise paid by the Partnership or the acquiring party.  For purposes of this Section 3.11, costs incurred by holders of Class A Units in exercising reasonable efforts to take all actions in connection with the consummation of an Approved Exit in accordance with this Section 3.11 shall be deemed to be for the benefit of all holders of Class A Units.  Costs incurred by holders of Class A Units solely on their own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.
 
 
 
 
45

 
 
 
 
(d) If the General Partner determines that the Liquidity Event shall be a Public Offering:
 
(i) each holder of Class A Units agrees that it will, and will cause its Affiliates to, and the Partnership shall:
 
(A) if the underwriters in any Public Offering request that all Partners hold their Units for a period of time following the Public Offering, do so and enter into a customary lock-up agreement;
 
(B) complete and execute all consents, questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents as may reasonably be required or advisable in connection with a Public Offering; provided that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties in connection with a Public Offering other than representations and warranties regarding such Person and, if applicable, such Person’s intended method of distribution;
 
(C) if determined by the General Partner to be reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with a Public Offering, do all things reasonably necessary or advisable to effect any recapitalization, reorganization, conversion, contribution and/or exchange of Class A Units into other Equity Securities and related reorganization of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries; provided that any such recapitalization, reorganization, conversion, contribution and/or exchange does not change the relative rights, obligations and preferences of the Partners with respect to their ownership of Class A Units (or its successor), except in accordance with Section 3.11(b);
 
(D) consent to certain additional restrictions on the transfer of Class A Units or other Equity Securities in the Partnership (or its successor) which the General Partner determines may be required in order to permit compliance with the Securities Act or other applicable law;
 
(E) use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate any such other reasonable actions required by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or similar governmental authority to effect the Public Offering; and
 
(F) make modifications to this Agreement (or any other agreement then governing the rights and obligations of the Partners with respect to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or any successor to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries) as are customary and appropriate for companies that conduct a Public Offering, such modifications to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Board of Directors.
 
(ii) The Partnership shall be responsible for its own costs, fees and expenses in connection with a Public Offering and shall reimburse the Partners and their
 
 
 
46

 
 
 
Affiliates for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses (excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and similar fees) incurred by them in connection with a Public Offering, including the reasonable costs, fees and expenses of one outside counsel for any Class A Limited Partner with a Class A Sharing Percentage of greater than ten percent (10%) immediately prior to the occurrence of the Liquidity Event and the reasonable costs, fees and expenses of one outside counsel for any Class B Limited Partner with a Class B Sharing Percentage of greater than ten percent (10%) immediately prior to the occurrence of the Liquidity Event.
 
(iii) Each of the Designating Parties and each Investor shall be granted customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to Class A Units pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement effective from and after the Public Offering, as well as the right to include their Class A Units (or any securities for which such Class A Units are exchanged or into which such Class A Units are converted) in the Public Offering on a pro rata basis (based on the relative percentages of securities of this type to be included in the Public Offering held by the Partners immediately prior to the Public Offering); provided that if the managing underwriter or the placement agent advises the Partnership or the General Partner that the inclusion of securities of the Partners requested to be included for sale in a secondary offering in connection with the Public Offering would materially and adversely affect the price, distribution or timing of the offering, then the Partnership shall have the right to exclude all or any portion of such securities of the Partnership from sale in connection with the Public Offering, with such exclusions applied to the Partners’ pro rata share (based on the relative percentages of securities to be included in the Public Offering held by the Partners immediately prior to the Public Offering).  Each Designating Party and each Investor may assign its rights under this Section 3.11(d)(iii) upon any Transfer of its Interest (provided any demand registration rights may only be granted to a Transferee who holds greater than a 10% Class A Sharing Percentage after giving effect to such Transfer).
 
(iv) Without limiting Section 7.13(d)(i)(D) of the GP Agreement, without the prior written consent of the underwriters managing any Qualified IPO, for a period beginning seven days immediately preceding, and ending on the 180th day following, the effective date of the registration statement used in connection with such offering, no holder of Class A Units except pursuant to an effective registration statement as part of such Qualified IPO, shall (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any Class A Units, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Units or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Class A Units, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of such Interests or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (x) transactions relating to such Class A Units or securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Qualified IPO, (y) Transfers required in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the GP Agreement or (z) conversions of such Class A Units or securities into other classes of Interests or securities without change of holder.
 
 
 
 
47

 
 
 
 
3.12. Certain Events Not Deemed Transfers.  In no event shall Section 3.8 or Section 3.9 hereof be applicable in connection with any exchange, reclassification, or other conversion of Partnership Interests into any cash, securities, or other property pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Partnership with, or any sale or Transfer by the Partnership of all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, including  a Liquidity Event.
 
3.13. Determination of Fair Market Value.
 
(a) The General Partner will provide written notice to each holder of Class A Units any determination of Fair Market Value within 10 days of any such determination (“FMV Notice”).
 
(b) If any holder of Class A Units disagrees with any such determination by the General Partner, such holder of Class A Units shall deliver to the General Partner a written notice of objection (a “FMV Objection”) within ten (10) days after delivery of the FMV Notice.  Upon receipt of a FMV Objection, the General Partner and the objecting holder will negotiate in good faith to agree on such Fair Market Value.  If such agreement is not reached between the General Partner and the objecting holder (provided if there is more than one objecting holder, the agreement of the Primary Objecting Holder shall control and be binding on all objecting holders) within 5 days after the delivery of the FMV Objection, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by an Independent Appraiser jointly selected by the General Partner and the objecting holder holding the greatest number of Class A Units (the “Primary Objecting Holder”); provided that in determining which holder shall be the Primary Objecting Holder, any holder (including its Affiliates) having the right to designate Directors that approved the relevant determination of Fair Market Value on behalf of the General Partner shall not be eligible to act as the Primary Objecting Holder.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Independent Appraiser within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the FMV Objection, within seven days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period, each of the General Partner and the Primary Objecting Holder shall submit the names of three Independent Appraisers, and each party shall be entitled to strike one name from the other party’s list of firms, and the Independent Appraiser shall be selected by lot from the remaining firms.  Such Independent Appraiser shall submit to the General Partner and the Primary Objecting Holder a written report within thirty (30) days of its engagement setting forth such determination.  The fees and expenses of any Independent Appraiser shall be borne by the Partnership.  The determination of any Independent Appraiser as to Fair Market Value shall be final and binding upon the General Partner and all Partners and all holders of Units.  No holder of Units shall have any right to object to any determination of Fair Market Value made in accordance with clause (a) of the definition of Fair Market Value.
 
(c) Any Independent Appraiser selected to make a determination of Fair Market Value of any Equity Securities issued by any Person in the Partnership Group shall value such Equity Securities on the enterprise value of the applicable Person in the Partnership Group, without any discount for lack of control, minority or lack of liquidity.
 
(d) If any FMV Objection is delivered, the event dependent on such determination of Fair Market Value shall be deferred until the determination of Fair Market Value pursuant to this Section 3.13.
 
 
 
 
48

 
 
 
 
3.14. Transferability of Set-Off Distribution Rights.
 
(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.14(b), no Partner shall be permitted to Transfer any rights or entitlement to Set-Off Distributions.
 
(b) In connection with any Transfer of Class A Units pursuant to Article III by a holder of Class A Units entitled to receive any distribution pursuant to any Set-Off Distribution at the time of such Transfer, such holder may (except to the extent the allocation pursuant to Section 3.15, if applicable, results in a full recoupment of the Set-Off  Distribution amount to which such holder of Class A Units is entitled), at the election of such holder of Class A Units, either (i) retain such holder’s entitlement to such Set-Off Distribution (after giving effect to Section 3.15, if applicable) or (ii) include in such Transfer of Class A Units a pro rata percentage of such holder’s entitlement to such Set-Off Distribution based on the number of Class A Units being Transferred by such holder of Class A Units relative to the total number of Class A Units held by such holder.
 
3.15. MAC Cure Amounts; Redirected Distribution Amounts.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article III, upon any Transfer of Class A Units pursuant to Section 3.7 (including in connection with a Transfer under Section 3.8) or Section 3.11 by a holder of Class A Units subject to a reduction for a Set-Off Distribution:
 
(a) the Total Consideration allocated among all holders participating in such Transfer transaction pursuant to Section 3.7(e) or Section 3.11(b) shall be further allocated among such holders as if such Total Consideration was distributed pursuant to Section 5.1 as if such holders were the only holders of Class A Units entitled to such distribution, mutatis mutandis (and subject to the proviso that if the holder of Class A Units entitled to such Set-Off Distribution is not a participant in such Transfer transaction then the appropriate portion of the amount of the Total Consideration allocated to the holder of Class A Units subject to reduction for such Set-Off Distribution shall be allocated to such holder entitled to such Set-Off Distribution), and to the extent such allocation allocates amounts to the holder entitled to the Set-Off Distribution under Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), such Set-Off Distributions to the extent so allocated shall be deemed satisfied; and
 
(b) in the case of  a Transfer pursuant to Section 3.7, a holder of Class A Units subject to a reduction for a Set-Off Distribution may participate in such Transfer only if the Total Consideration is sufficient to fully satisfy the Set-Off Distribution obligations in accordance with Section 3.15(a) or (if such Total Consideration is not sufficient to do so) such holder otherwise provides to the Person(s) entitled to such Set-Off Distributions additional cash proceeds sufficient to fully satisfy such Set-Off Distribution obligations.
 
3.16. Exchange of Class A Units for SXE Equity Securities.
 
(a) Subject to any restrictions contained in any credit facility of any Person in the Partnership Group, upon the earlier of (i) approval by the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(viii) or (ii) the request of any Designating Party at any time after February 3, 2020, the Partnership shall institute a process pursuant to which all (but not less than all) of the Class A Units and LLC Units held by such requesting Designating Party may be exchanged for
 
 
 
49

 
 
 
any Equity Securities of SXE that are then Publicly Traded.  Any such requesting Designating Party (“Requesting Partner”) shall:
 
(i) be granted customary demand, shelf and piggyback registration rights with respect to such Equity Securities effective from and after the date of such exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement (and the Partners will provide Voting Support so that such Designating Party shall have such registration rights); and
 
(ii) pay to each non-requesting holder of Class A Units (a “Non-Requesting Partner”) the amount of such Non-Requesting Partner’s Exchange Tax Loss resulting from such distribution within 10 days after the determination of the Final Exchange Tax Loss.
 
(A) As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the date Equity Securities of SXE are exchanged pursuant to this Section 3.16(a), a Non-Requesting Partner shall deliver to the Requesting Partner a statement of calculation of such Non-Requesting Partner’s Exchange Tax Loss and such supporting documentation as is reasonably necessary to support the Exchange Tax Loss shown therein (the “Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement”).  To the extent reasonably requested by a Non-Requesting Partner, the Partnership shall give personnel, accountants and representatives of a Non-Requesting Partner reasonable access to the books, records and properties of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for purposes of preparing the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement and will cause appropriate personnel of the Partnership to assist the Non-Requesting Partner and its personnel, accountants and representatives, with no charge to Non-Requesting Partner for such assistance, in the preparation of the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement.
 
(B) The Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement of a Non-Requesting Partner shall become final and binding on the Non-Requesting Partner and Requesting Partner as to the Non-Requesting Partner’s Exchange Tax Loss 30 days following the date the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement is received by the Requesting Partner, except to the extent that prior to the expiration of such 30-day period the Requesting Partner shall deliver to the Non-Requesting Partner written notice (“Exchange Tax Dispute Notice”), as hereinafter described, of its disagreement with the contents of the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement.  Such Exchange Tax Dispute Notice shall be in writing and set forth all of the Requesting Partner’s disagreements with respect to any portion of the Exchange Tax Loss Statement, together with Non-Requesting Partner’s proposed changes thereto, and shall include an explanation in reasonable detail of, and such supporting documentation as is reasonably necessary to support, such changes.  Any disagreements with or changes to the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement not
 
 
 
50

 
 
 
included in such Exchange Tax Dispute Notice shall be waived by the Requesting Partner.
 
(C) If the Requesting Partner has timely delivered an Exchange Tax Dispute Notice to Non-Requesting Partner in the manner required above, then, upon written agreement between the Requesting Partner and Non-Requesting Partner resolving all disagreements with the contents of the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement set forth in the Exchange Tax Dispute Notice, the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement (including any revisions thereto as are so agreed) will become final and binding on the Parties as to the Exchange Tax Loss of the Non-Requesting Partner.
 
(D) If the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement has not become final and binding 60 days following the date the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement is delivered to the Requesting Partner, then the Requesting Partner and Non-Requesting Partner shall submit any unresolved disagreements of the Requesting Partner set forth in the Exchange Tax Dispute Notice to the Audit Firm for a final and binding determination and the Requesting Partner and Non-Requesting Partner shall execute such engagement, indemnity and other agreements as such Audit Firm may reasonably require in connection with or as a condition to such engagement.  The Requesting Partner and Non-Requesting Partner shall cooperate diligently with any reasonable request of the Audit Firm and furnish to the Audit Firm such workpapers and other documents and information relating to such objections as the Audit Firm may reasonably request and are available to such partners or its Affiliates (or its independent public accountants) and will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Audit Firm any material relating to the determination of the matters in dispute and to discuss such determination with the Audit Firm prior to any written notice of determination hereunder being delivered by the Audit Firm.  The Audit Firm’s engagement shall be limited to the resolution of designated items set forth in the Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement that were identified in such Exchange Tax Dispute Notice delivered by the Requesting Partner to Non-Requesting Partner in accordance with this Section 3.16(a) and that remain in dispute upon the engagement of the Audit Firm, which resolution shall be in accordance with this Agreement.  The decision of the Audit Firm shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to Non-Requesting Partner and the Requesting Partner and shall be final and binding on the such parties, absent fraud or manifest error.  Judgment may be entered on the decision of the Audit Firm in any court of competent jurisdiction.
 
(E) The Proposed Exchange Tax Loss Statement, in the form agreed to by the Non-Requesting Partner and the Requesting Partner as final, in the form deemed final in accordance with Sections 3.16(a)(ii)(B) or 3.16(a)(ii)(C) or as revised, if necessary, to reflect the final determination by the Audit Firm, as applicable, shall be deemed the
 
 
 
51

 
 
 
“Exchange Tax Loss Statement,” and the Exchange Tax Loss as determined in accordance therewith is referred to herein as the “Final Exchange Tax Loss.”  The fees and expenses of the Audit Firm shall be borne between the Non-Requesting Partner and the Requesting Partner in the same manner and based on the same principles provided in Section 2.7(h) of the Contribution Agreement.
 
(F) None of the Designating Parties, the Partnership, or any Partner shall take any positions in any applicable tax return inconsistent with the final Exchange Tax Loss Statement and the Final Exchange Tax Loss, other than as required by a “final determination” as defined in Code Section 1313.
 
(b) If a Designating Party (for itself and its Permitted Transferees) provides notice to the Partnership requesting an exchange pursuant to Section 3.16(a) (an “Exchanging Partner”), each other Designating Party shall have a right of first refusal relating to such Exchanging Partner’s Interests and concurrently with any notice pursuant to Section 3.16(a), the Exchanging Partner shall give written notice to such Designating Parties (the “ROFR Notice”) stating its intention to exchange such Designating Party’s Interests (together with the associated LLC Units required to be Transferred therewith, the “ROFR Interests”) at the fair market value of such Exchanging Partner’s Interest as determined by the conflicts committee of the SXE GP board of directors (without regard to any lack of liquidity or minority discount) (the “Exchange FMV”) or to sell such ROFR Interests to the other Designating Parties for immediately available funds at a price equal to the Exchange FMV.
 
(i) The ROFR Notice shall constitute the Exchanging Partner’s offer to Transfer the ROFR Interests to the other Designating Parties, which offer shall be irrevocable for a period of 45 Days (the “ROFR Notice Period”).  By delivering the ROFR Notice, the Exchanging Partner represents and warrants to the Partnership and each Designating Party that (x) the Exchanging Partner has full right, title and interest in and to the ROFR Interests, (y) the Exchanging Partner has all the necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to sell such ROFR Interests as contemplated by this Section 3.16(b), and (z) the ROFR Interests are free and clear of any and all Liens other than those arising as a result of or under the terms of this Agreement.
 
(ii) Upon receipt of the ROFR Notice, each other Designating Party shall have until the end of the ROFR Notice Period to offer to purchase all (but not less than all) of the ROFR Interests by delivering a written notice (a “ROFR Offer Notice”) to the Exchanging Partner and the General Partner stating that it offers to purchase such ROFR Interests on the terms specified in the ROFR Notice and pursuant to the procedures in Section 3.8, mutatis mutandis.  If the ROFR Purchasing Designating Party(ies) have not agreed to purchase all of the ROFR Interests by the end of the ROFR Notice Period, then the Designating Parties shall be deemed to have forfeited any right to purchase the ROFR Interests based on the ROFR Notice.
 
(iii) If no Designating Party delivers a ROFR Offer Notice in accordance with this Section 3.16(b), the Exchanging Partner may, following the
 
 
 
52

 
 
 
expiration of the ROFR Notice Period (which period may be extended for a reasonable time to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain any required government approvals) (the “Waived ROFR Transfer Period”), Transfer of all of the ROFR Interests to SXE (or any successor thereto) in exchange for Equity Securities at the Fair Market Value.
 
(iv) The Exchanging Partner and the other Designating Parties agree that the terms and conditions of any Transfer of the ROFR Interests in accordance with this Section 3.16(b) will be memorialized in, and governed by, a written purchase and sale agreement between the Exchanging Partner and the purchasing Designating Parties (the “ROFR Interest PSA”) with customary terms and provisions for such a transaction, and the Exchanging Partner and the purchasing Designating Parties further covenant and agree to enter into such ROFR Interest PSA as a condition precedent to any disposition in accordance with this Section 3.16(b).  At the closing of any Transfer pursuant to this Section 3.16(b), the Exchanging Partner shall deliver to the purchasing Designating Party(ies) a certificate or certificates (if such ROFR Interest are certificated) representing the ROFR Interests to be Transferred, accompanied by transfer powers and all necessary transfer taxes paid and stamps affixed, if necessary, against receipt of the purchase price therefor from such ROFR Purchasing Designating Party(ies) by certified check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds.
 
(c) If the Partnership institutes a process for which a Designating Party is permitted to exchange its Class A Units and LLC Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to this Section 3.16, the Partnership shall provide written notice thereof to each other holder of Class A Units (an “Exchange Notice”) and each such holder shall have the right to elect to exchange all (but not less than all) of the Class A Units and LLC Units, if applicable, held by such holder for Equity Securities of SXE concurrently with, and on the same terms and conditions as, such Designating Party by delivering within five (5) Business Days of the date of such Exchange Notice an irrevocable written notice to the Partnership of its election to so exchange the Class A Units and LLC Units, if applicable, held by such holder.
 
(d) If each Designating Party is concurrently exchanging its Class A Units and LLC Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to this Section 3.16 or if, upon consummation of any exchange, all Designating Parties will have exchanged their respective Class A Units and LLC Units for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to this Section 3.16, any Designating Party so exchanging its Class A Units and LLC Units may require that all other holders of Class A Units (other than SXE, if applicable) exchange all of the Class A Units and LLC Units, if applicable, held by such holder(s) for Equity Securities of SXE concurrently with, and on the same terms and conditions as, such Designating Party (a “Forced Exchange”) by delivering written notice to each such holder of Class A Units and each such holder of Class A Units hereby agrees to so exchange such Class A Units and LLC Units, if applicable, held by such holder on such terms and conditions.
 
(e) If any number of Designating Parties exchange, pursuant to Section 3.16(a) or Section 3.16(c), fewer than all of the Class A Units then held by all Designating Parties and their Affiliates (a “Partial Exchange”), and the Asset Coverage Ratio (adjusted on a pro forma basis to reflect such exchange) is less than or equal to 2.5x, then the Partnership shall redeem all outstanding Class B Units for cash in an amount equal to (1) if the
 
 
 
53

 
 
 
Partial Exchange occurs prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Make Whole Payment applicable to such Class B Unit and (2) if the Partial Exchange occurs on or after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Class B Liquidation Value for such Class B Unit.
 
(f) In the event of any Forced Exchange, the Partnership shall redeem all outstanding Class B Units for cash in amount equal to (1) if the Forced Exchange occurs prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Make Whole Payment applicable to such Class B Unit and (2) if the Forced Exchange occurs on or after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Class B Liquidation Value for such Class B Unit.  Such redemption and the payment therefor shall be made simultaneously with the Forced Exchange.
 
(g) In the event that any Class A Units held by an Initial Investor are exchanged for Equity Securities of SXE pursuant to this Section 3.16, such Initial Investor shall be granted customary piggyback registration rights with respect to such Equity Securities of SXE (i) on a pari passu basis with piggyback registration rights granted to any Designating Party pursuant to this Section 3.16, and (ii) effective from and after the date of such exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement (and the Partners will provide Voting Support so that such Initial Investors shall have such registration rights).
 
3.17. Class B Unit Optional Redemption Rights.
 
(a) Optional Redemption Right.  At any time and from time to time from and after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Optional Redemption Date”), the Partnership shall have the right to redeem pro rata from all holders of Class B Units any or all of the then-outstanding Class B Units for cash in an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value per Class B Unit being redeemed from each such Class B Limited Partner; provided, however, each redemption of Class B Units by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 3.17(a) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $25,000,000; provided further, however, that, (i) during any DD Period or Extended DD Period, the Partnership shall not have the right to redeem Class B Units pursuant to this Section 3.17(a) and (ii) during any PPD Period, the Partnership shall not have the right to redeem Class B Units pursuant to this Section 3.17(a) from any Investor unless such redemption is a redemption of all of the Class B Units then outstanding.  If the Partnership elects to redeem any such Class B Units on or following the Optional Redemption Date, in connection with each such redemption it shall deliver to each holder of Class B Units a written notice (each, a “Redemption Notice”) stating (i) the total number of Class B Units to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.17(a), (ii) the number of Class B Units to be redeemed from each holder of Class B Units (which, if less than all outstanding Class B Units are being redeemed, shall be calculated as the total number of Class B Units being redeemed multiplied by each such holder’s Class B Sharing Percentage), (iii) the cash amount to be paid for each Class B Unit (calculated as provided above) in connection with such redemption and (iv) the date on which such redemption shall occur (which shall be not less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days following the date of the applicable Redemption Notice).
 
(b) Change in Control Redemption Rights.
 
 
 
 
54

 
 
 
 
(i) Within ten (10) Business Days following the earlier of (A) the execution of any definitive agreement for which the transactions contemplated therein would result in a Partnership Change in Control (a “Change in Control Transaction”) or (B) the occurrence of a Partnership Change in Control, the Partnership shall deliver to each holder of Class B Units a written notice (a “Change in Control Notice”) describing the Change in Control Transaction or the Partnership Change in Control, as applicable.  Upon the occurrence of a Partnership Change in Control, the Partnership (or its successor) shall have the option to redeem any then-outstanding Class B Units for cash in amount equal to (1) if the Partnership Change in Control occurs prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Make Whole Payment applicable to such Class B Unit and (2) if the Partnership Change in Control occurs on or after the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Class B Liquidation Value for such Class B Unit.  If the Partnership (or its successor) elects to redeem any such Class B Units pursuant to this Section 3.17(b)(i), the Partnership shall deliver to each holder of Class B Units an irrevocable written notice (a “Change in Control Redemption Notice”) of the occurrence of the Partnership Change in Control, which Change in Control Redemption Notice shall be delivered not later than ten (10) Business Days after the Partnership Change in Control and shall include (w) the total number of Class B Units to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.17(b)(i), (x) the number of Class B Units to be redeemed from each holder of Class B Units (which, if less than all outstanding Class B Units are being redeemed, shall be calculated as the total number of Class B Units being redeemed multiplied by each such holder’s Class B Sharing Percentage), (y) the cash amount to be paid for each Class B Unit (calculated as provided above) in connection with such redemption and (z) the date on which such redemption shall occur (which date shall not be later than the later of (A) the date of the occurrence of the Partnership Change in Control or (B) twenty (20) Business Days following the date of the Change in Control Redemption Notice).  A Change in Control Notice may also constitute a Change in Control Redemption Notice if the information specified in clauses (w) through (z) is included in a Change in Control Notice.
 
(ii) Each holder of Class B Units shall have the option to require the Partnership (or its successor) to redeem from such holder any or all of the Class B Units held by such holder of Class B Units (the “Additional Class B Units”) that the Partnership does not elect to redeem under the Change in Control Redemption Notice, if any.  If any holder of Class B Units elects to require the Partnership to redeem any such Additional Class B Units, it shall deliver to the Partnership within five (5) days of receipt of the Change in Control Redemption Notice (or, if a Change in Control Redemption Notice is not delivered, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Investors become aware of an occurrence of a Partnership Change in Control) an irrevocable election (an “Additional Unit Notice”) stating the number of Additional Class B Units such holder desires to be redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 3.17(b)(ii).  The Partnership (or its successor) shall redeem such Additional Class B Units for cash in an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value for each Additional Class B Unit being redeemed, and such redemption shall otherwise be on the terms set forth in Section 3.17(b)(i), provided that the Redemption Closing Date shall be a date set by the Partnership (or its successor) upon receipt of an Additional Unit Notice, which date shall
 
 
 
55

 
 
 
be not later than the later of (i) the date of the occurrence of the Partnership Change in Control or (ii) ten (10) Business Days following the date of the Additional Unit Notice.
 
(iii) If some, but less than all, then-outstanding Class B Units are redeemed pursuant to Section 3.17(b)(i) and Section 3.17(b)(ii), then all Class B Units other than PIK Units held by each holder of Class B Units shall first be redeemed from each such holder.
 
(c) Public Offering Redemption Rights.  In the event that the Partnership effects a Public Offering, the Partnership (or its successor) shall have the option to redeem all (but not less than all) of the then-outstanding Class B Units for cash in amount equal to (i) if such Public Offering is consummated prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Make Whole Payment applicable to each Class B Unit being redeemed and (ii) if such Public Offering is consummated on or following the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, the Class B Liquidation Value for each Class B Unit.  If the Partnership (or its successor) elects to redeem Class B Units in connection with such Public Offering, it shall deliver to each holder of Class B Units a Redemption Notice stating (i) that it is electing to redeem all of the Class B Units pursuant to this Section 3.17(c), (ii) the cash amount to be paid for each Class B Unit (calculated as provided above) held by such holder in connection with such redemption and (iii) the date (if known) on which such the consummation of such Public Offering is anticipated to occur (and the redemption contemplated by this Section 3.17(c) shall occur concurrently therewith (and shall be conditioned on the consummation thereof)).
 
(d) Redemption Conditions.  Each Class B Unit (i) for which a Redemption Notice is given under Section 3.17(a) or Section 3.17(c), (ii) that the Partnership (or its successor) elects to redeem pursuant to Section 3.17(b)(i) or (iii) that is to be redeemed pursuant to an Additional Unit Notice shall, upon payment or Deemed Payment to the holder of such Class B Unit of the consideration therefor in accordance with this Section 3.17, be deemed cancelled and no longer entitled to any further accruals or any further allocations or payment (including any additional PIK Units) under this Agreement.  The amount payable to each holder of Class B Units shall be paid to such holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the applicable Repurchase Closing Date to the account delivered to the Partnership for such holder pursuant to the following sentence (or, if any of the items set forth in clauses (x), (y) or (z) below are not delivered by such holder, payment shall be deemed to have been made for purposes of cancelation pursuant to this Section 3.17(d) when the Partnership shall have paid such amount into a segregated account solely for the benefit of such holder (a “Deemed Payment”)).  In respect of each such redemption, each holder of Class B Units shall be required to deliver to the Partnership (or its successor) (x) a representation and assignment in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the General Partner, which representation shall state that the Class B Units redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.17 are free and clear of all Liens, (y) certificates representing the Class B Units to be redeemed or, if lost, stolen or destroyed, a customary affidavit of lost certificate acceptable to the General Partner, in each case to the extent such Class B Units are certificated, and (z) wiring instructions for delivery of the amount payable for such Class B Units (provided the failure to deliver any of the items set forth in clauses (x), (y) or (z) shall not affect the cancellation of the Class B Units for which notice of purchase has been given so long as the Partnership has made payment or Deemed Payment in connection therewith).  In the event of any Deemed Payment, the Partnership shall (A) promptly, but in no
 
 
 
56

 
 
 
event later than two (2) Business Days following such Deemed Payment, deliver written notice thereof to the holder in respect of which the Deemed Payment has been made, which notice shall contain reasonably detailed information about the segregated account relating thereto (including the amount of funds so segregated) and (B) in no event later than one (1) Business Day following receipt of the last of the items required by clauses (x), (y) and (z) above from such holder, deliver all such funds to such holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds.
 
3.18. Class B Unit Mandatory Redemption Obligation.
 
(a) Excess Cash Flow.
 
(i) Determinations by General Partner.  Within 130 days following the end of each Fiscal Year and prior to any distribution (other than Tax Distributions) on any Equity Securities of the Partnership other than Class B Units as set forth in this Section 3.18(a) and Section 4.6, the General Partner shall in good faith determine the Asset Coverage Ratio and the amount of Excess Cash Flow as of such date and provide the Investors and the Designating Parties with written notice thereof describing in reasonable detail the General Partner’s calculation of the Asset Coverage Ratio and the amount of Excess Cash Flow as of such date.
 
(ii) ECF Sweep.  The amount of any Excess Cash Flow that shall be used for redemptions of Class B Units by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 3.18(a) shall be based on the following table:
 
 
Asset Coverage Ratio
 
% of Excess Cash Flow
 
 
< 2.0
 
100%
 
 
> 2.0 but < 2.5
 
50%
 
 
> 2.5
 
25%
 
 
(iii) ECF Notices; Elections.  To the extent the Partnership has Excess Cash Flow, the Partnership shall within five (5) Business Days deliver notice thereof (an “ECF Notice”) to the holders of Class B Units, which notice shall contain an offer to apply seventy-five percent (75%) of the applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow set forth above (based on the applicable Asset Coverage Ratio) to redeem Class B Units (first to PIK Units, with any excess to Class B Units not constituting PIK Units) held by each such holder.  Within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of an ECF Notice (the “ECF Acceptance Deadline”), each Investor accepting such offer from the Partnership shall deliver written notice thereof to the Partnership, which notice shall indicate the number of Class B Units such electing Investor elects to have the Partnership redeem (an “Elective ECF Acceptance Notice”) provided, however, if any Investor is a Defaulting Investor as of the date of the ECF Notice, such Defaulting Investor shall be deemed to have made the same election (on a pro rata basis) as the Non-Defaulting Investor holding the greatest number of Class B Units with respect to the acceptance (or non-acceptance) of such offer from the Partnership.  Should any Investor fail to deliver an Elective ECF Acceptance
 
 
 
57

 
 
 
Notice prior to the expiration of such ECF Acceptance Deadline, such Investor shall be deemed to have declined the Partnership’s offer made in such ECF Notice.
 
(iv) Sweep Allocation.  The Partnership shall use:
 
(x) upon written election delivered by any such holder, seventy-five percent (75%) of such applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow to redeem outstanding Class B Units (first to PIK Units, with any excess to Class B Units not constituting PIK Units) from such electing holders thereof (the “Elective ECF Redemption”) (without requiring the redemption of any partial Class B Unit); and
 
(y) use twenty-five percent (25%) of such applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow to redeem outstanding Class B Units (first to PIK Units, with any excess to Class B Units not constituting PIK Units) from all holders on a pro rata basis (the “Mandatory ECF Redemption”).
 
Any redemptions of Class B Units pursuant to the Elective ECF Redemption shall be made pro rata based on the number of Class B Units each electing holder elects to have redeemed bears to the aggregate number of Class B Units all such electing holders elect to have redeemed in the Elective ECF Redemption.
 
(v) Sweep Funding.  No later than five (5) Business Days following the ECF Acceptance Deadline, the Partnership shall deliver a Redemption Notice to each holder of Class B Units specifying: (A) the number of Class B Units to be redeemed from such holder pursuant to this Section 3.18(a), (B) the cash amount to be paid for each Class B Unit (which shall be an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value for each Class B Unit being redeemed) in connection with such redemption and (C) the date on which such redemption shall occur (which shall be not less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days following the date of such Redemption Notice).
 
(b) Mandatory Redemption Date.  To the extent any Class B Units remain outstanding on December 31, 2024 (the “Mandatory Redemption Date”), the Partnership shall redeem on such date all such outstanding Class B Units for cash in an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value for each Class B Unit being redeemed.  In connection with such redemption the Partnership shall deliver to each holder of Class B Units a Redemption Notice stating (i) the number of Class B Units to be redeemed from such holder pursuant to this Section 3.18(b), and (ii) the cash amount to be paid for each Class B Unit (calculated as provided above) in connection with such redemption.
 
(c) To the extent not provided otherwise in this Section 3.18, any redemption of Class B Units pursuant to this Section 3.18 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.17(d), mutatis mutandis.
 
3.19. Determination of Asset Coverage Ratio.
 
 
 
 
58

 
 
 
 
(a) The General Partner will provide written notice to each holder of Class B Units any determination of the Asset Coverage Ratio within 10 days of any such determination (“ACR Notice”).
 
(b) If any holder of Class B Units disagrees with any such determination by the General Partner, such holder of Class B Units shall deliver to the General Partner a written notice of objection (an “ACR Objection”) within ten (10) days after delivery of the ACR Notice.  Upon receipt of an ACR Objection, the General Partner and the objecting holder will negotiate in good faith to agree on such Asset Coverage Ratio.  If such agreement is not reached between the General Partner and the objecting holder (provided if there is more than one objecting holder, the agreement of the ACR Primary Objecting Holder shall control and be binding on all objecting holders) within 5 days after the delivery of the ACR Objection, such Asset Coverage Ratio shall be determined by an Independent Appraiser jointly selected by the General Partner and the objecting holder holding the greatest number of Class B Units (the “ACR Primary Objecting Holder”); provided that in determining which holder shall be the ACR Primary Objecting Holder, any holder (including its Affiliates) having the right to designate Directors that approved the relevant determination of the Asset Coverage Ratio on behalf of the General Partner shall not be eligible to act as the ACR Primary Objecting Holder.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Independent Appraiser within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the ACR Objection, within seven (7) days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period, each of the General Partner and the ACR Primary Objecting Holder shall submit the names of three Independent Appraisers, and each party shall be entitled to strike one name from the other party’s list of firms, and the Independent Appraiser shall be selected by lot from the remaining firms.  Such Independent Appraiser shall submit to the General Partner and the ACR Primary Objecting Holder a written report within thirty (30) days of its engagement setting forth such determination.  The fees and expenses of any Independent Appraiser shall be borne by the Partnership.  The determination of any Independent Appraiser as to the Asset Coverage Ratio shall be final and binding upon the General Partner and all Partners and all holders of Units.
 
(c) If any ACR Objection is delivered, the event dependent on such determination of the Asset Coverage Ratio shall be deferred until the determination of the Asset Coverage Ratio pursuant to this Section 3.19.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
4.1. Interests.
 
(a) General.  Each Partner’s Interest in the Partnership will be represented by its Capital Account and by Units issued by the Partnership to such Partner.  Such Units shall be issued by the Partnership as set forth in Section 4.1(c) and additional Units may be issued at such additional times and from time to time as may be determined by the General Partner.  The General Partner may, subject to Section 3.5 and this Section 4.1(a), create additional series or classes of Units through subdivision or by issuance of Units of such class or series.
 
 
 
 
59

 
 
 
 
(b) Classes of Units.  A class of Units designated as “Class B Units” is hereby created.  The Partnership shall continue to have a class of Units designated as “Class A Units.”
 
(c) Capital Contributions and Units.
 
(i) On the Effective Date, each Initial Investor shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement, and shall receive in exchange therefor the number of Class A Units and the number of Class B Units set forth opposite such Initial Investor’s name on Exhibit A.
 
(ii) Southcross previously contributed the Southcross ED Contribution pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, and received in exchange therefor the number of Class A Units set forth opposite Southcross’ name on Exhibit A.
 
(iii) BBTS previously contributed the BBTS ED Contribution pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, and received in exchange therefor the number of Class A Units set forth opposite BBTS’ name on Exhibit A.
 
(d) Additional Capital Contributions by Class A Limited Partners.
 
(i) The General Partner may from time to time call additional capital from the Class A Limited Partners if the General Partner determines that the Partnership is in need of additional capital including in order to fund any GP Obligations or Tax Distributions.  No Class A Limited Partners shall be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership, but each Class A Limited Partner shall have the right to participate in such Capital Contributions in accordance with this Section 4.1(d)(i).  To call additional capital from the Class A Limited Partners, the General Partner shall give written notice (a “Capital Call Notice”) to each Class A Limited Partner stating the total amount of capital that the General Partner has determined to call from all Class A Limited Partners (the “Total Capital Contribution”), the purpose or purposes for which such Total Capital Contribution will be used and the pro rata portion of the Total Capital Contribution that each Class A Limited Partner is permitted to make (which pro rata portion will be based on each Partner’s Class A Sharing Percentage).  Upon receipt of a Capital Call Notice, each Class A Limited Partner shall have 5 Business Days to notify the General Partner in writing whether it will make an additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership up to the pro rata amount of the Total Capital Contribution specified for such Partner in the Capital Call Notice.  If any Class A Limited Partner fails to timely notify the General Partner of its election or elects not to make any of its pro rata portion of the Total Capital Contribution (for clarity, a Class A Limited Partner shall have the right to elect to fund less than its full pro rata share of any Capital Contribution), then such Class A Limited Partner shall not be entitled to participate in such Capital Contribution and the General Partner shall give written notice (an “Unfunded Notice”) to each Class A Limited Partner that elected to make their full pro rata portion of the Total Capital Contribution (the “Fully Participating Partners”) of the portion of the Total Capital Contribution that is not being funded by the non-Fully Participating Partners and each Fully Participating Partner’s pro rata allocation of such unfunded amounts (which shall be allocated between such Fully Participating Partners based on their relative
 
 
 
60

 
 
 
Class A Sharing Percentages, unless otherwise agreed by the Fully Participating Partners).  Upon receipt of an Unfunded Notice, each Fully Participating Partner shall have 5 Business Days to notify the General Partner in writing whether it will make all or part of its share of such unfunded Total Capital Contribution.  Any Class A Limited Partner that fails to timely notify the General Partner of its election or elects not to fund any portion of its allocable share of the unfunded Total Capital Contribution shall be deemed to have elected not to participate in the unfunded portion of the Capital Contribution that is offered to such Partner.
 
(ii) Upon receiving all applicable elections as provided in Section 4.1(d)(i) or upon the expiration of the time period for election set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i), the General Partner shall set the time and place for closing the additional Capital Contribution by notifying each Class A Limited Partner electing to participate in such additional Capital Contribution of the same (which closing shall occur no earlier than 15 days after the date on which the notice required by this Section 4.1(d)(ii) is delivered to each Class A Limited Partner).  If any Class A Limited Partner fails to fund any additional Capital Contribution within such 15-day period, the Fully Participating Partners shall have the right to fund their pro rata portion of such unfunded amounts (which shall be allocated among such Fully Participating Partners based on their relative Class A Sharing Percentages unless otherwise agreed by the Fully Participating Partners) within an additional 15 days after such failure, it being understood and agreed that this shall constitute a subsequent closing of such additional Capital Contribution.  Upon the closing of any such additional Capital Contribution and in consideration of such additional Capital Contribution made by any Class A Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.1(d), there shall be issued to such Class A Limited Partner a number of Class A Units equal to the quotient of (A) the amount of such Capital Contribution, divided by (B) the then applicable Class A Unit Price.  With respect to any portion of any additional Capital Contribution that is allocable to a GP Obligation, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to promptly transfer the full amount of such portion to the General Partner by wire transfer of immediately available funds.
 
(iii) The General Partner shall not be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Partnership, and, except as set forth in this Section 4.1(d) and Section 4.1(e), no Partner shall be permitted to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the approval of the General Partner, and no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the written consent of such Partner.
 
(e) Additional Capital Contributions by the Investors.
 
(i) Additional Class B Units; Increased Commitment Amount.  For a period commencing with the Effective Date and ending at 5:00 PM New York time on December 31, 2014 (the “Increased Commitment Period”), the Initial Investors and their Permitted Transferees shall have the option to increase their Unfunded Commitment Amounts by up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate (the “Additional Commitment Amount”) by providing a written notice to the General Partner of an irrevocable election therefor and the amount of the Additional Commitment Amount by which such Initial Investor or
 
 
 
61

 
 
 
Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, wishes to so increase its Unfunded Commitment Amount (an “Increased Commitment Notice”); provided, however, that no such Permitted Transferee may so increase its Unfunded Commitment Amount without providing evidence reasonably acceptable to the General Partner of its ability to fund such increase or, if such Permitted Transferee is unable to provide such evidence, a written acknowledgment delivered by its Initial Investor to the Partnership that, if such Permitted Transferee fails to fund its portion of the initial Class B CC Notice delivered to such Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Section 4.1(e), such Initial Investor’s Unfunded Commitment Amount shall, upon written notice thereof delivered to such Initial Investor by the Partnership, be increased by such Permitted Transferee’s Additional Commitment Amount as if such Initial Investor had made such commitment.  If such Permitted Transferee fails to fund such Additional Commitment Amount then,  (i) if such Permitted Transferee is a Partner at the time of such failure, such Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the remedies set forth in Section 4.1(e)(v), Section 4.1(e)(vi) and Section 4.1(e)(vii) and the Class A Units issued to such Permitted Transferee in connection with such increase in its Unfunded Commitment Amount shall be forfeited ab initio or (ii) if such Permitted Transferee is not a Partner at such time, then such Permitted Transferee’s Initial Investor shall be subject to such remedies and the Class A Units issued to such Permitted Transferee in connection with such increase in its Unfunded Commitment Amount shall be forfeited ab initio. If more than one Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee delivers an Increased Commitment Notice and in the aggregate the increase in the Initial Investors’ and Permitted Transferees’ Unfunded Commitment Amounts set forth therein would exceed an amount equal to the Additional Commitment Amount, the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each such Initial Investor and Permitted Transferee shall be increased by a proportionate amount of the Additional Commitment Amount (which shall be the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Available Commitment Amount committed to by such Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, in its Increased Commitment Notice and the denominator of which is the aggregate Available Commitment Amounts committed to by all Initial Investors and their Permitted Transferees in their respective Increased Commitment Notices, multiplied by (b) the Additional Commitment Amount).  If an Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee provides an Increased Commitment Notice, (i) the General Partner shall promptly update Exhibit A to reflect the increased Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 4.1(e)(i) and (ii) the Partnership shall issue to such Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, a number of Class A Units equal to the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Additional Commitment Amount committed to by such Initial Investor or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, in its Increased Commitment Notice (or proportionate amount thereof as described above) and the denominator of which is equal to $50,000,000, multiplied by (b) the Additional Equity Amount.  If the Initial Investors or their Permitted Transferees do not provide an Increased Commitment Notice prior to the expiration of the Increased Commitment Period or do not elect to increase their Unfunded Commitment Amounts in the aggregate by the amount of the Additional Commitment Amount, the Partnership shall offer to each Designating Party (which may assign its rights under this Section 4.1(e)(i) to any of its Affiliates) and may offer to any other Person (as determined
 
 
 
62

 
 
 
pursuant to Section 6.2(c)) the option to subscribe for any or all of the amount of the Additional Commitment Amount that is not subject to an Increased Commitment Notice (the “Available Commitment Amount”) by providing written notice to the General Partner of an irrevocable election therefor prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the expiration of the Increased Commitment Period (an “Additional Investor Commitment Notice”).  If more than one Person (any Person delivering an Additional Investor Commitment Notice, an “Additional Investor”) delivers an Additional Investor Commitment Notice and such Additional Investor Commitment Notices in the aggregate exceed the amount of the Available Commitment Amount, the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each such Additional Investor shall be the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Available Commitment Amount committed to by such Additional Investor in its Additional Investor Commitment Notice and the denominator of which is the aggregate Available Commitment Amounts committed to by all Additional Investors in their respective Additional Investor Commitment Notices, multiplied by (b) the Available Commitment Amount), or in such other proportion as may be mutually agreed by the Designating Parties. For each Additional Investor who provides an Additional Investor Commitment Notice, (i) the General Partner shall promptly update Exhibit A to reflect the Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Additional Investor in accordance with this Section 4.1(e)(i), (ii) the Partnership shall issue to such Additional Investor a number of Class A Units equal to the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Available Commitment Amount committed to by such Additional Investor in its Additional Investor Commitment Notice (or proportionate amount thereof that constitutes the initial Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Additional Investor as described above) and the denominator of which is equal to $50,000,000, multiplied by (b) the Additional Equity Amount and (iii) if such Additional Investor is not a Limited Partner, such Additional Investor shall be admitted as a limited partner of the Partnership in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof; provided however, if any Additional Investor fails to fund its portion of the initial Class B CC Notice delivered to such Additional Investor in accordance with this Section 4.1(e), the Class A Units issued to such Additional Investor shall be forfeited ab initio.
 
(ii) Capital Calls.  Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1(e)(iii), the General Partner may from time to time prior to May 21, 2016 call additional capital from the Investors as and when it determines such funds are necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Partnership described in Section 2.5.  The obligations of the Investors to make additional Capital Contributions pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) shall be several and not joint.
 
(iii) Procedures.  To call additional capital from the Investors pursuant to this Section 4.1(e), the General Partner shall deliver a Capital Call Notice (a “Class B CC Notice”) to each Investor stating the amount of capital being called, the portion of the capital call that each Investor is required to make, which portion shall be determined as follows:
 
(A) to the extent that any Additional Investor committed to any portion of the Available Commitment Amount pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(i) and until each Additional Investor has funded (or been
 
 
 
63

 
 
 
allocated) an aggregate amount pursuant to all Class B CC Notices equal to such Additional Investor’s Catch Up Amount, (i) each Additional Investor shall be allocated a portion of the capital requested pursuant to such Class B CC Notice equal to the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Additional Investor and the denominator of which is equal to the Unfunded Commitment Amount of all Additional Investors (the “AI Proration”) multiplied by (y) the amount of capital requested pursuant to such Class B CC Notice, and (ii) with respect to the amount of capital requested pursuant to such Class B CC Notice in excess of the Aggregate Catch Up Amount, if any, each Investor shall be allocated its pro rata portion of such excess based on the amount that the Unfunded Commitment Amount of each Investor (giving pro forma effect to the reduction of any such Unfunded Commitment Amount pursuant to clause (i) above) bears to the aggregate amount of the Unfunded Commitment Amounts of all Investors (giving pro forma effect to the reduction of any such Unfunded Commitment Amounts pursuant to clause (i) above); provided, for clarity, if the aggregate amount of capital requested pursuant to the initial Class B CC Notice does not exceed the Aggregate Catch Up Amount, the Additional Investors shall be allocated the full amount of the capital requested pursuant to such Class B CC Notice in accordance with their respective AI Proration and each Additional Investor shall be allocated such portion of the immediately following Class B CC Notice necessary to cause such Additional Investor to have been allocated the remainder of its Catch Up Amount prior to the pro rata allocation among all Investors described in clause (ii) above; and
 
(B) from and after such time as the Additional Investors have been allocated the Aggregate Catch Up Amount in accordance with Section 4.1(e)(iii)(A) or for each Class B CC Notice if an Additional Investor did not commit to any portion of the Available Commitment Amount pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(i), each Investor shall be allocated a pro rata portion of the capital requested by such Class B CC Notice based on the amount that the Unfunded Commitment Amount of such Investor bears to the aggregate amount of the Unfunded Commitment Amounts of all Investors;
 
and the date on which such Capital Contribution is required to be delivered to the Partnership (which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date the Class B CC Notice is delivered to each Investor); provided, however, (A) the General Partner may not call additional capital from the Investors pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) (1) more than three (3) times in any Fiscal Year or (2) during any Breach Cure Period and (B) each call for additional capital pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $25,000,000 (or, in the case of the final call for additional capital under this Section 4.1(e), the remaining amount of all Unfunded Commitment Amounts if less than $25,000,000); provided further, however, the obligation of each Investor to fund its pro rata portion of any capital call pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) shall be subject to
 
 
 
64

 
 
 
(x) the satisfaction of the conditions in Section 2.4(b) of the Unit Purchase Agreement and (y) there being no condition as of the date of the applicable Class B CC Notice that would limit the ability of Borrower LP from incurring revolving loans under the Credit Agreement (ignoring, for the purposes of such determination, whether the Partnership Group has fully utilized the Revolving Credit Commitment under the Credit Agreement at such time).  Upon receipt of a Class B CC Notice, each Investor shall be obligated to make an additional Capital Contribution on or before the due date specified in the Class B CC Notice in accordance with this Section 4.1(e)(iii); provided, however, no Investor shall be obligated to contribute any amount in excess of its Unfunded Commitment Amount.
 
(iv) Issuance of Additional Class B Units.  In connection with any Capital Contributions made pursuant to this Section 4.1(e), up to a total of $100,000,000 in Capital Contributions, and in consideration of such Capital Contribution made by such Investor, there shall be issued to such Investor a number of Class B Units equal to the quotient of (A) the amount of such Capital Contribution divided by (B) the Class B Issue Price.
 
(v) Unmet Capital Calls.
 
(A) General.  If at any time an Investor (a “Defaulting Investor”) shall fail to make a required Capital Contribution with respect to a particular Class B CC Notice as and when due pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) (an “Unmet Capital Call”), the Partnership shall provide each other Investor that made (as and when due pursuant to this Section 4.1(e)) its required Capital Contribution with respect to such Class B CC Notice (each, a “Non-Defaulting Investor”) a pro rata opportunity (in the manner set forth in this Section 4.1(e)(v)) to make an additional Capital Contributions equaling, in the aggregate, the amount of the Unmet Capital Call.
 
(B) Step-up Procedures.  The General Partner shall first give such Defaulting Investor notice of such failure and, if such Defaulting Investor does not make such Capital Contribution within five (5) Business Days following such notice by the General Partner (a “Capital Call Cure”), the General Partner shall give each Non-Defaulting Investor notice of such Defaulting Investor’s failure (a “Step-up Notice”).
 
(C) Remedies Against Defaulting Investors.  If the Non-Defaulting Investors do not make aggregate Capital Contributions equal to the Unmet Capital Call within five (5) Business Days following receipt of a Step-up Notice, the Defaulting Investor shall immediately and without any further action by the Partnership or any Partner (a) forfeit all PIK Units issued to such Defaulting Investor (and such PIK Units shall be cancelled and no longer deemed to be outstanding); (b) cease to be entitled to any further Class B Distributions in respect of any Class B Units held by such Defaulting Investor that become due and payable after the date
 
 
 
65

 
 
 
such Investor is deemed a Defaulting Investor; (c) forfeit its right to participate in a vote, consent or objection on matters on which such Investor would otherwise be entitled to vote, consent or object under Section 6.2(d) (and the Class B Units held by such Investor shall not be deemed outstanding for purposes of determining the Class B Majority); (d) forfeit its rights to send an Observer pursuant to Section 7.4; and become subject to the Liquidation Priority Adjustment set forth in Section 4.6(d).
 
(vi) At any time after an Investor becomes a Defaulting Investor the General Partner may, in its discretion, offer any Person(s) (each, a “Replacement Investor”) the right to subscribe for a Defaulting Investor’s Unfunded Commitment Amount (including the amount of any Unmet Capital Call) and, if such Person is not a Limited Partner, be admitted as a limited partner of the Partnership in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof; provided, however:
 
(A) such Replacement Investor shall be issued a class of Equity Securities (the “Replacement Equity”) other than Class B Units in connection with such Capital Contribution and the General Partner shall, without the consent of any holder of Class B Units but subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 4.1(e)(vi), be authorized to create one or more classes of Equity Securities, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties all as shall be determined by the General Partner and to amend this Agreement as may be required in connection therewith to reflect the issuance of such class or series of Equity Securities and the relative rights and preferences of such class or series of Equity Securities;
 
(B) the Replacement Equity shall not be senior to the Class B Units with respect to rights, preferences or privileges relating to distributions;
 
(C) if the Replacement Equity provides a distribution rate in excess of the Class B Distribution Rate or otherwise has economic terms materially more favorable to the holders thereof than the Class B Units to the Class B Limited Partners, the General Partner shall first deliver written notice to the Non-Defaulting Investors describing the material terms on which the Replacement Equity will be offered and offering such Non-Defaulting Investors the opportunity to purchase such Replacement Equity (the “Replacement Equity Notice”).  Each Non-Defaulting Investor shall have ten (10) Business Days following receipt of the Replacement Equity Notice to notify the General Partner of its election to purchase any or all of the Replacement Equity being offered by delivering an irrevocable written notice to the General Partner stating its acceptance of such offer and indicating the amount of Replacement Equity it desires to purchase (a “Replacement Equity Election”), which purchase shall be on the same
 
 
 
66

 
 
 
terms and conditions as the purchase by Replacement Investors (including in respect of representations, warranties and covenants).  If a Non-Defaulting Investor has not delivered a Replacement Equity Election by the expiration of such ten (10) Business Day period, such Non-Defaulting Investor shall be deemed to have forfeited any right to purchase such Replacement Equity and the General Partner may issue any Replacement Equity not subject to a Replacement Equity Election to any Replacement Investor(s) on terms no more favorable than those described in the Replacement Equity Notice; and
 
(D) the Partnership shall provide written notice to the holders of Class B Units no later than five (5) Business Days prior to any issuance of Replacement Equity, which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of such Replacement Equity and its holders and the holders of Class B Units shall have the right, exercisable by delivery of written notice to the Partnership no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Partnership, to require amendment of this Agreement (contemporaneously with the issuance of such Replacement Equity) as required to grant and afford the Class B Units and their holders (other than a Defaulting Investor) any non-economic rights afforded the Replacement Equity and its holders.
 
Notwithstanding Section 4.1(e)(v)(C), a Defaulting Investor may cure any Unmet Capital Call by delivering to the Partnership in cash an amount equal to the amount that such Investor failed to timely deliver as required by this Section 4.1(e) (a “Buy-back Cure”) at any time prior to the earlier of (A) forty-five (45) days after the date such Investor became a Defaulting Investor and (B) the date the General Partner accepts a Capital Contribution from another Person as permitted by this Section 4.1(e)(vi); provided that if a Defaulting Investor makes a Buy-back Cure in accordance with the foregoing provision, such Defaulting Investor shall, from and after the date of such Buy-back Cure, participate fully in any Class B Distributions (save in respect of any accrued and unpaid distributions existing immediately prior to such Buy-back Cure, to which such Defaulting Investor shall have no right), be fully reinstated for all purposes for all votes, consents or objections under Section 6.2(d) held or arising from and after the date of such Buy-back Cure and have its right to send an Observer pursuant to Section 7.4 reinstated.
 
(vii) Each Investor hereby consents to the application to it of the remedies provided in Section 4.1(e)(v) and Section 4.1(e)(vi) in recognition that, in addition to the actual damages suffered by the Partnership, the General Partner and their respective Affiliates as a result of a breach hereof by a Defaulting Investor, the General Partner, the Partnership and their respective Affiliates may have no adequate remedy at law for a breach hereof except for ascertainable damages and that other damages resulting from such breach may be impossible to ascertain at the time hereof or of such breach.  No right, power or remedy conferred upon the General Partner in Section 4.1(e)(v) or Section 4.1(e)(vi) shall be exclusive, and each such right power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right, power or remedy
 
 
 
 
67

 
 
 
whether conferred in Section 4.1(e)(v) or Section 4.1(e)(vi) or now or hereafter available at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, all of which are retained.  No course of dealing between the General Partner and any Defaulting Investor and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred in Section 4.1(e)(v) or Section 4.1(e)(vi) or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any such right, power or remedy.
 
4.2. Return of Contribution.  Except as provided in this Agreement, a Partner is not entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions.  No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its unrepaid Capital Contribution or on the balance reflected in such Partner’s Capital Account.  Any unrepaid Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Partnership or of the other Partners.  A Partner is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Partnership to enable the Partnership to return the other Partners’ Capital Contributions.
 
4.3. Withdrawal of Capital.  No Partner has the right to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution from the Partnership or receive the return of any part of its Interest in the Partnership prior to its liquidation and termination pursuant to Article X hereof.
 
4.4. Capital Accounts.  The Partnership will create a Capital Account for each Partner owning any Units and such Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and as set forth in this Agreement.
 
4.5. MAC Coverage Contributions.  If upon the occurrence of any MAC Default the Subject Losses resulting from which have not been paid by the Initial Limited Partner (or its Permitted Transferee) with the indemnity obligation with regard to such Subject Losses (a “MAC Defaulting Partner”) by the applicable CP Deadline, the other Initial Limited Partner (or its Permitted Transferee) (a “MAC Contributing Partner”) may deliver to the Partnership cash funds in an amount, up to the amount of the applicable Subject Loss(es), necessary to cause the effect of such MAC Default to no longer constitute a MAC Default (a “MAC Cure Amount”) and such MAC Cure Amount shall not be treated as a Capital Contribution (or have any effect on Class A Sharing Percentages) but shall be treated as a loan by such MAC Contributing Partner to Partnership on behalf of the MAC Defaulting Partner, subject to repayment in accordance with (and solely as provided in) Section 5.1(b).
 
4.6. Class B Units.
 
(a) Designation; Additional Issuances.  The Partnership hereby designates and creates a class of Interests to be designated as “Class B Units,” consisting of a total of 260,000 Class B Units, plus any additional Class B Units issued as a PIK Unit pursuant to this Section 4.6, having the rights and preferences, and subject to the duties and obligations as set forth in this Section 4.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement.  Other than with respect to PIK Units issued pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(ii) and Section 4.6(b)(iii) or Class B Units issued pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(iv), the class of Class B Units shall be closed immediately following the Effective Date and thereafter no additional Class B Units shall be designated, created or issued without the prior written approval of the Class B Majority.  The General Partner shall be authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Class B Units from time to time in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Section 4.1(c)(i), Section 4.1(e) and this Section 4.6.
 
 
 
 
68

 
 
 
 
(b) Class B Distributions.
 
(i) Obligation to Make Distributions.  Commencing with the Quarter ending on December 31, 2014, the record holders of Class B Units shall be entitled to receive cumulative quarterly distributions (each, a “Class B Distribution”) in an amount equal to the then-current Class B Distribution Rate on each outstanding Class B Unit held by such holders; provided, however, that the Class B Distribution for the Quarter ending on December 31, 2014 shall be made pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(ii) at a pro-rated Class B Distribution Rate then in effect based on the number of days from and including the Effective Date through and including December 31, 2014; provided further, however, that the Class B Distribution owed in respect of the Quarter in which any such Class B Unit is redeemed pursuant to this Agreement shall be at a pro-rated Class B Distribution Rate then in effect based on the number of days from and including the first day of such Quarter and through and including the applicable Redemption Date and shall be payable to the record holder of such Class B Unit as of such Redemption Date.  Such distributions shall accrue daily from the date of issuance of each Class B Unit and be paid on or prior to the forty-fifth (45th) day following the end of each Quarter to the record holder of such Class B Unit as of the last day of the Quarter to which such distribution relates.
 
(ii) PIK Period Distributions.  For the portion of the Quarter ending December 31, 2014, through and including the Quarter ending September 30, 2016 (the “PIK Period”), the Class B Distribution may be paid in cash, in PIK Units or in a combination thereof, as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, but shall be paid in PIK Units for each such Quarter during the PIK Period absent an affirmative determination otherwise by the General Partner, on or prior to the forty-fifth (45th) day following the end of such Quarter (the date of issuance of such PIK Units, the “PIK Payment Date”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall in all events, pay a portion of each such Class B Distribution in cash in an amount equal to the Tax Amount that would be applicable to such Class B Distribution if taxable income equal to such Class B Distribution was allocated to the Class B Units (any such payment a “Class B Tax Distribution”), as determined by the General Partner in its reasonable discretion using similar principles as those described in Section 5.2(b) (making any necessary adjustments to account for the anticipated tax liability applicable to the receipt of a Class B Guaranteed Payment).  The aggregate number of PIK Units to be issued to each holder of Class B Units in connection with any Class B Distribution paid in PIK Units shall be a number equal to (A) the aggregate Class B Distribution for the applicable Quarter to which such holder is entitled that is not paid in cash divided by (B) the Class B Issue Price; provided, however, the Partnership shall only issue whole PIK Units to holders of Class B Units and shall pay cash in lieu of issuing any fractional PIK Units.  When any PIK Units are payable to a Class B Unit holder pursuant to this Section 4.6(b)(ii), the Partnership shall issue the PIK Units to such holder in accordance with Section 4.6(b)(iii).
 
(iii) Issuances of PIK Units.  On each PIK Payment Date, the Partnership shall issue to such Class B Unit holder the number of PIK Units to which such Class B Unit holder shall be entitled by notation in book-entry form in the books of the transfer agent or at the request of such holder, by delivery of a certificate or
 
 
 
69

 
 
 
certificates representing such PIK Units, and all such PIK Units shall, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued fully paid and non-assessable Interests, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 or 17-804 of the Act, and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien, claim, rights or encumbrances, other than those arising under the Act or this Agreement.  For purposes of determining the Class B Distribution owed in respect of any PIK Unit, each PIK Unit shall be deemed to have been issued on the first day of the Quarter in which the PIK Payment Date occurs.
 
(iv) Post-PIK Period Distributions.  For each Quarter ending after September 30, 2016 (or portion thereof) in which any Class B Units are outstanding, each Class B Distribution shall be paid in cash.
 
(v) Tax Treatment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Partnership and the Partners shall treat any Class B Distribution pursuant to this Section 4.6(b) as a “guaranteed payment” by the Partnership to the holders of Class B Units under Section 707(c) of the Code (a “Class B Guaranteed Payment”) in an amount equal to such Class B Distribution.
 
(c) Cash Distributions.
 
(i) General.  If all or any portion of a Class B Distribution is to be paid in cash, then the aggregate amount of cash to be so paid in respect of the outstanding Class B Units for such Class B Distribution shall be paid only as set forth in this Section 4.6(c).
 
(ii) PIK Period Tax Distributions.  For each Quarter (or portion thereof) during the PIK Period, the Partnership shall first use Available Cash (to the extent thereof) to pay to the holders of Class B Units the Class B Tax Distribution then due and payable prior to making any other Tax Distribution or other distribution on other Equity Securities of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(iii) Priority of Post-PIK Period Distributions.  For each Quarter (or portion thereof) following the PIK Period, (A) to the extent that a Class B Distribution with respect to any Quarter is less than or equal to the amount of Class B Distributable Cash, the Partnership shall pay to the holders of Class B Units the Class B Distribution for such Quarter entirely in cash and (B) to the extent that a Class B Distribution with respect to any Quarter exceeds the Class B Distributable Cash, the Partnership shall (x) first use Available Cash to pay to the holders of Class B Units the Class B Tax Distribution then due and payable and (y) to the extent the Partnership has Available Cash following the payment of such Class B Tax Distribution and the payment of all Tax Distributions contemplated by Section 5.2 for such Quarter, pay to the holders of Class B Units to the extent of any remaining Available Cash an amount equal to (when combined with the payment of the Class B Tax Distribution) the Class B Distribution Rate for such Quarter on account of each outstanding Class B Unit.  If the Partnership does not have Available Cash sufficient to provide all holders of Class B Units with the full amount of their Class B Tax Distributions, then Class B Tax Distributions shall be made to the
 
 
 
70

 
 
 
holders of Class B Units pro rata in proportion to the amount of their respective Class B Tax Distributions payable at such time.
 
(iv) Failure to Pay.  Following the expiration of the PIK Period, if the Partnership fails to pay in full in cash a Class B Distribution on each Class B Unit then outstanding equal to the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect, then, subject to Section 4.1(e)(v)(C) in respect of Defaulting Investors, to the extent that such Class B Distribution is unpaid, the amount of such unpaid distributions will accumulate and thereafter increase each Quarter at the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect until paid in full in cash.  All references in this Agreement to accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Class B Units shall be to such distributions as increased pursuant to this Section 4.6(c)(iv).
 
(v) Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, during any PPD Period and any DD Period:
 
(A) the Partnership shall not be permitted to, and shall not, declare or make any distributions (including Tax Distributions) in respect of any Equity Securities of the Partnership other than Class B Units;
 
(B) all Excess Cash Flow for each Quarter (determined on a Quarterly basis on the 45th day following each such Quarter) shall first be used to pay any accrued and unpaid distributions owing to holders of Class B Units and thereafter, to the extent of any remaining Excess Cash Flow, to redeem Class B Units from Class B Unit holders at a price per Class B Unit equal to the Class B Liquidation Value, which redemption shall be effected in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 3.18(a); provided, however, that, during a PPD Period, each holder of Class B Units may reject by written notice to the Partnership, on a Quarter-by-Quarter basis, any Elective ECF Redemption or Mandatory ECF Redemption, or both; and
 
(C) the Partnership Group shall not be permitted to, and shall not, incur any additional Indebtedness other than amounts drawn under the Credit Agreement for Revolving Loans for working capital purposes.
 
(vi) Extended Deficiency.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, should a Distribution Deficiency exist any three (3) Quarters during the period of any four (4) consecutive Quarters (an “Extended Deficiency”), then, until the termination of the Extended DD Period, the Initial Investors shall have the right to appoint two (2) Extended Deficiency Directors to the board of directors of the General Partner, and the Designating Parties shall take all actions to effect such right of appointment.
 
(vii) Adjustments to Class B Distribution Rate.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Class B Distribution Rate shall be adjusted as follows:
 
 
 
 
71

 
 
 
 
(A) During any DD Period, the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect shall be increased by 0.5% of the Class B Issue Price.  Upon termination of the DD Period, the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect shall be reduced by 0.5% of the Class B Issue Price; and
 
(B) During any Extended DD Period, the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect shall be increased by an additional 0.5% of the Class B Issue Price.  Upon termination of the Extended DD Period, the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect shall be reduced by 0.5% of the Class B Issue Price in addition to the reduction described above in Section 4.6(c)(vii)(A).
 
(viii) Remedies.  The remedies set forth in this Section 4.6(c) shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of any holder of Class B Units in respect of the Partnership’s failure to pay in full in cash when due any distribution (or portion thereof) that any holder of Class B Units is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.6 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any failure to redeem Class B Units pursuant to this Agreement).  The Partnership hereby consents to the application to it of the remedies provided in this Agreement (including in this Section 4.6(c)) for any Protective Provision Default in recognition that, in addition to the actual damages suffered by the holders of Class B Units and their respective Affiliates as a result of a breach hereof by the Partnership, the holders of Class B Units and their respective Affiliates may have no adequate remedy at law for a breach hereof except for ascertainable damages and that other damages resulting from such breach may be impossible to ascertain at the time hereof or of such breach.  No right, power or remedy conferred upon any holder of Class B Units in this Agreement, including this Section 4.6(c), in respect of a Protective Provision Default shall be exclusive, and each such right power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right, power or remedy whether conferred in this Section 4.6(c) or any other provision of this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, all of which are retained.  No course of dealing between the Partnership and any holder of Class B Units and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred in Section 4.6(c) or any other provision of this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any such right, power or remedy.
 
(ix) Example of DD Period Timeline.  Exhibit D sets forth an example timeline of a DD Period.
 
(x) Distribution Report.  For each Quarter following the PIK Period, the General Partner shall provide written notice to the holders of Class B Units not later than the forty-fifth (45th) day following the end of such Quarter, describing in reasonable detail the General Partner’s calculation of Class B Distributable Cash for such Quarter, the portion of the Class B Distribution to be paid in cash, the portion of the Class B Distribution that will not be paid in cash in respect of such Quarter and the aggregate resulting accrued and unpaid distribution balance.
 
 
 
 
72

 
 
 
 
(d) Liquidation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Class B Units will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other Equity Securities of the Partnership that are junior to the Class B Units, including the Class A Units, an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value for each Class B Unit, subject and in accordance with Section 10.2; provided, however, that the Class B Unit liquidation preference of any Defaulting Investor that has failed to effect a Capital Call Cure or a Buy-back Cure pursuant to Section 4.1(e) shall be adjusted so that the Class B Units of all Non-Defaulting Investors shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the Class B Units held by the Defaulting Investor, an amount equal to the Class B Liquidation Value for each Class B Unit held by such Non-Defaulting Investors, subject to and in accordance with Section 10.2 (a “Liquidation Priority Adjustment”); provided further, however, that except with respect to the Liquidation Priority Adjustment, the rights of the Defaulting Investor in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, voluntary or involuntary shall remain unaltered by the Defaulting Investor’s failure to effect a Capital Call Cure or a Buy-back Cure pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(vi).
 
(e) Voting Rights.  Except for the rights set forth in Section 6.2(d), the Class B Units shall have no voting rights.
 
(f) Certificates; Transfer Agent.  The Class B Units (including the PIK Units) shall be reflected on Exhibit A hereto and, at the General Partner’s discretion, may be evidenced by certificates in such form as the General Partner may approve; unless and until the General Partner determines to assign the responsibility to another Person, the Partnership will act as the registrar and transfer agent for the Class B Units.
 
(g) Legend.  The Class B Units (including the PIK Units), whether represented in book entry or certificated form, shall be subject to a legend in substantially the following form:
 
THE CLASS B UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE CLASS B UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNTIL THE HOLDER THEREOF PROVIDES EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE PARTNERSHIP (WHICH, IN THE DISCRETION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER, MAY INCLUDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE GENERAL PARTNER) THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
ARTICLE V
 
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

 
 
5.1. Distributions.
 
(a) Distributions of Available Cash.  Subject to Section 4.6 and Section 5.2, all Available Cash shall be retained by the Partnership unless otherwise agreed by the General Partner or transferred to the General Partner in order to fund any GP Obligation.  Subject to Section 4.6 and Section 5.2, Available Cash and, to the extent permitted under the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, non-cash property shall be distributed to the Partners solely at such times and in such amounts as the General Partner shall declare; provided, however, no distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be made until such time as BBTS shall have received in repayment of the BBTS Adjustment Amount the BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout.  Subject to the foregoing and Section 5.1(b), Section 5.1(c) and Section 5.2, Available Cash and, if applicable, other property declared by the General Partner to be available for distribution under this Section 5.1 shall be distributed to the holders of Class A Units in accordance with the respective Class A Sharing Percentages as of such distribution date.  In no event shall a distribution be made on the general partner interest in the Partnership.
 
(b) Subject to Section 3.15, at any time there exists any MAC Cure Amount for which a distribution in full has not been made in accordance with this Section 5.1(b), any distributions otherwise payable pursuant to Section 5.1(a) to the MAC Defaulting Partner, or any Transferees of its Interests, shall be redirected and distributed to the other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees in proportion to the Interest Transferred to such Transferee(s)) as repayment of their loans to the Partnership as described in Section 4.5 until the aggregate amount of the distributions so redirected to the such other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees) is equal to sum of (i)  the MAC Cure Amount plus (ii) an amount equal to 15% per annum annual return thereon, compounded quarterly (any such redirected amounts distributed to such other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees), the “Set-Off MAC Distributions”).  Notwithstanding the actual distribution of any Set-Off MAC Distributions to any Partner (or its Transferees) any Set-Off MAC Distributions so distributed to such other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as having been distributed to the MAC Defaulting Partner (or its Transferees) that would have received such Set-Off MAC Distributions but for the application of this Section 5.1(b).
 
(c) Subject to Section 3.15, after giving effect to Section 5.1(b), at any time there exists any Redirected Distribution Amount for which a distribution in full has not been made in accordance with this Section 5.1(c), any distributions otherwise payable pursuant to Section 5.1(a) to the Redirected Partner to which such Redirected Distribution Amount relates, or any Transferees of its Interests, shall be redirected and distributed to the other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees in proportion to the Interest Transferred to such Transferee(s)) as reimbursement of amounts owed to such Partner until the aggregate amount of the distributions so redirected to the such other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees) is equal to sum of (i) the Redirected Distribution Amount multiplied by the other Initial Limited Partner’s Initial Sharing Ratio plus (ii) an amount equal to 7% per annum annual return thereon, compounded quarterly (any such redirected amounts distributed to such other Initial Limited Partner (or its Transferees), a “Set-Off RDA Distributions”).  Notwithstanding the actual distribution of any Set-Off RDA Distributions to any Partner (or its Transferees), any Set-Off RDA Distributions so distributed to such other Limited Partner (or its Transferees) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as having been distributed to the Redirected Partner (or its Transferees) such
 
 
 
74

 
 
 
Redirected Distribution Amount that would have received such Set-Off RDA Distributions but for the application of this Section 5.1(c).
 
(d) Distributions in Error.  Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1 made in error or in violation of Section 17 607(a) of the Act, will, upon demand by the General Partner, be returned to the Partnership.
 
(e) Cash and Non Cash Distributions.
 
(i) Subject to Section 5.1(e)(ii), if any distribution consists of both cash and non-cash property, then the cash and non-cash property shall be distributed on a pro rata basis such that the total amount of property distributed on account of each Unit shall contain the same percentage of cash and the same percentage of non-cash property (based on the Fair Market Value of such non-cash property), and, to the extent the Distributable Property shall consist of more than one item of non-cash property, the General Partner shall, to the extent practicable, allocate to each Unit receiving a distribution the same percentage (as a percentage of the total value of cash and non-cash property distributed) of each item or type of non-cash property.
 
(ii) If any distribution consists of both cash and non-cash property and such distribution is allocated among more than one class of Units, then the cash and non-cash property shall be distributed on a pro rata basis such that the total amount of property distributed to each class of Units receiving a distribution shall contain the same percentage of cash and the same percentage of non-cash property (based on the Fair Market Value of such non-cash property), and, to the extent the Distributable Property shall consist of more than one item of non-cash property, the General Partner shall, to the extent practicable, allocate to each class of Units receiving a distribution the same percentage (as a percentage of the total value of cash and non-cash property distributed) of each item or type of non-cash property.
 
(f) SXE Equity Securities.  Subject to any restrictions contained in any credit facility of any Person in the Partnership Group as of such time and subject to Section 3.16(b), Section 3.16(e) and Section 3.16(f), upon the earlier of (i) approval by the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(xi) or (ii) the request of any Designating Party after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Partnership shall use good faith efforts to distribute to the Class A Limited Partners all Equity Securities of SXE held by the Partnership, subject to the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (including Section 5.1(a)).  The Partners will provide Voting Support so that each Class A Limited Partner shall be granted customary demand, shelf and piggyback registration rights with respect to such Equity Securities effective from and after the date of such distribution pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.  A Class A Limited Partner may assign its rights under this Section 5.1(f) upon any Transfer of such Equity Securities.
 
5.2. Tax Distributions.
 
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c)(ii), Section 4.6(c)(iii) and Section 4.6(c)(v)(A) and the Partnership otherwise having Available Cash (without taking into account any reserves
 
 
 
75

 
 
 
for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Operating Reserves), the Partnership shall distribute to each Class A Limited Partner with respect to each taxable quarter of the Partnership an amount of cash sufficient to permit such Class A Limited Partner to satisfy its tax liabilities arising from allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit or receipt of Class A Units in connection with any Unit Purchase Agreement (a “Tax Distribution”), in each case, to the extent attributable to the ownership or receipt of such Class A Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership in any taxable quarter for which such an allocation is made or receipt occurs, determined using the same principles as described in Section 5.2(b) and/or Section 5.2(d) (as applicable), but for the taxable quarter in question and adjusted for prior Tax Distributions for the tax year (including Class A Issuance Tax Distributions, which shall be treated as Tax Distributions for purposes hereof) and losses and deductions of the Partnership realized in prior taxable periods to the extent such losses and deductions were allocated to such Partner and have not been offset by income or gain of the Partnership realized in subsequent taxable periods.  In the event the Partnership does not have a sufficient amount of Available Cash (after taking into account Class A Issuance Tax Distributions and without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Operating Reserves) to make Tax Distributions as and when required by the terms of this Agreement, the Partnership and the General Partner shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain funds necessary to make such Tax Distributions as promptly as possible.
 
(b) The Tax Distribution amount payable to the Class A Limited Partners shall be calculated such that any Tax Distribution pursuant to Section 5.2(a), other than any Class A Issuance Tax Distribution attributable to a Limited Partner that is an Investor, shall result in a pro rata distribution to all Class A Limited Partners based on the Class A Limited Partners’ Class A Share Percentages; provided, however, that the Tax Distribution to each Class A Limited Partner shall be equal at least to its Tax Amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, in determining the Tax Amount for any Class A Limited Partner, there shall be taken into account any items allocated to such Class A Limited Partner pursuant to Code Section 704(c) (including any amounts allocable pursuant to the “remedial allocation method” described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d), if applicable).
 
(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2 to the contrary, but subject to Section 5.5, if the Partnership does not have Available Cash (after taking into account Class A Issuance Tax Distributions and without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Operating Reserves) sufficient to provide all Class A Limited Partners with the full amount of the Tax Distributions to which they are otherwise entitled pursuant to this Section 5.2, then Tax Distributions shall be made to the Class A Limited Partners pro rata in proportion to the amount of their respective Tax Distributions.
 
(d) Subject to Section 4.6(c)(ii), Section 4.6(c)(iii) and Section 4.6(c)(v)(A) and the Partnership otherwise having Available Cash (after taking into account Class A Issuance Tax Distributions and without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Operating Reserves) a final accounting for Tax Distributions shall be made for each
 
 
 
76

 
 
 
taxable year after the Partnership’s actual taxable income has been determined, and any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions a Class A Limited Partner received for such taxable year based on such final determination shall promptly be distributed to such Class A Limited Partner, and any excess in the amount of Tax Distributions a Class A Limited Partner received for such taxable year shall be applied against the subsequent Tax Distributions due to such Class A Limited Partner; provided, however, for any taxable year, if the Partnership does not have funds sufficient to distribute to each Class A Limited Partner the amount of such Class A Limited Partner’s shortfall, then such available funds shall be distributed in a manner analogous to the manner described in Section 5.2(c) (regarding insufficient funds with respect to a given taxable quarter).  Subject to Section 4.6(c)(ii), Section 4.6(c)(iii) and Section 4.6(c)(v)(A) and the Partnership otherwise having Available Cash (without taking into account any reserves for capital expenditures or other liabilities that have not been incurred by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Operating Reserves) for any taxable year, if any shortfall remains for any Class A Limited Partner after giving effect to the preceding sentence, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the Tax Distributions payable to such Class A Limited Partner in succeeding taxable years until the time such shortfall is paid.  In addition, in the event of any audit adjustment by a taxing authority which affects the amount of taxable income allocated or required to be allocated to the Class A Limited Partners in any year, or in the event the Partnership files an amended return which has such effect, the aggregate amount of Tax Distributions that should have been made with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such audit adjustment or changes reflected in the amended return, as applicable (treating any interest or penalties incurred by any of the Class A Limited Partners in connection therewith as an addition to the assumed tax liability of such Class A Limited Partners), and any excess or shortfall in the resulting amount of Tax Distributions shall be treated in accordance with the preceding two (2) sentences.
 
(e) Tax Distributions shall be considered advanced distributions made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 5.1 and shall reduce such future distributions (including distributions under Section 10.2).
 
5.3. Allocations.
 
(a) Profits and Losses.
 
(i) General Application.  For each Allocation Period, after giving effect to Section 5.3(b), the rules set forth below in this Section 5.3(a) shall apply for the purpose of determining each Partner’s allocable share of the items of income, gain, loss and expense of the Partnership comprising Profits or Losses of the Partnership for such Allocation Period.
 
(ii) Hypothetical Liquidation.  The items of income, expense, gain and loss of the Partnership comprising Profits or Losses for an Allocation Period shall be allocated among the Persons who were Partners during such Allocation Period in a manner that shall, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Partner at the end of such Allocation Period (after taking into account any positive adjustment to such Partner’s Capital Account resulting from such Partner’s right to
 
 
 
77

 
 
 
receive a guaranteed payment in the form of Units) to equal the excess (which may be negative) of:
 
(A) the amount of the hypothetical distribution (if any) that such Partner would receive if, on the last day of the Allocation Period, (x) all Partnership assets were sold for cash equal to their respective Gross Asset Values, taking into account any adjustments thereto for such Allocation Period, (y) all Partnership liabilities were satisfied in cash according to their terms (limited, with respect to each Nonrecourse Liability or any Partner Nonrecourse Debt with respect to such Partner, to the Gross Asset Values of the assets securing such liability), and (z) the net proceeds thereof (after satisfaction of such liabilities) were distributed in full pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof; over
 
(B) the sum of (x) the amount, if any, without duplication, that such Partner would be obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership, (y) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g), and (z) such Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 2(i)(5), all computed as of the hypothetical sale described in Section 5.3(a)(ii)(A) hereof;
 
(b) Regulatory Allocations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 5.3(a), the following special allocations will be made in the following order of priority:
 
(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback.  If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during an Allocation Period, then each Partner will be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Allocation Period (and, if necessary, for subsequent Allocation Periods) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2).  This Section 5.3(b)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(ii) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback.  If there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership Allocation Period, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Allocation Period (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Periods) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 5.3(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
 
 
 
78

 
 
 
(iii) Qualified Income Offset.  If any Partner unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation, or distribution of the type contemplated by Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) that causes or increases a deficit in the Adjusted Capital Account of such Partner, items of income and gain will be allocated to all such Partners (in proportion to the amounts of their respective deficit Adjusted Capital Accounts) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of such Partner as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iii) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.3 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.3(b)(iii) were not in this Agreement.  It is intended that this Section 5.3(b)(iii) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
 
(iv) Gross Income Allocation.  In the event any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Period which is in excess of the sum of (x) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and (y) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.3 have been made as if Section 5.3(b)(iii) hereof and this Section 5.3(b)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
 
(v) Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss.  If the allocation of Losses to a Partner as provided in Section 5.3(a) hereof would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account deficit, there will be allocated to such Partner only that amount of Losses as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account deficit.  The Losses that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Partner will be allocated to the other Partners in accordance with their relative proportion of Units, subject to the limitations of this Section 5.3(b)(v).
 
(vi) Certain Additional Adjustments.  To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of its Interest, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Interests in the Partnership in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Partners to whom such distribution was made in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
 
 
 
 
79

 
 
 
 
(vii) Nonrecourse Deductions.  Nonrecourse Deductions for each Allocation Period of the Partnership will be allocated to the holders of Class A Units in proportion to their respective Class A Sharing Percentages.
 
(viii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions.  Partner Nonrecourse Deductions will be allocated each Allocation Period to the Partner that bears the economic risk of loss (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752 2) for the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable.
 
(c) Tax Allocations.
 
(i) Except as provided in Section 5.3(c)(ii), Section 5.3(c)(iii), and Section 5.3(d) hereof, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Treasury Regulations, each Partnership item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit will be allocated among the Partners as its correlative item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit is allocated for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts pursuant to this Article V.
 
(ii) Tax items with respect to Partnership assets that are contributed to the Partnership with a Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Partner immediately preceding the date of contribution will be allocated between the Partners for income tax purposes pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation.  The Partnership will account for such variation under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Treasury Regulations in a manner selected pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Closing Agreement.  If the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of “Gross Asset Value” herein, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit with respect to such Partnership asset will take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such Partnership asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in a manner consistent with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Treasury Regulations as chosen by the General Partner.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the determination as to the allocation method utilized by the Partnership shall be in accordance with Section 16 of the Closing Agreement.  Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3(c)(ii) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and will not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of net Profits, net Losses and any other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
 
(iii) 
 
(A) If the Partnership recognizes Depreciation Recapture with respect to the sale of any Partnership asset, (i) the portion of the gain on such sale which is allocated to a Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(a) or Section 5.3(b) shall be treated as consisting of a portion of the Partnership’s Depreciation Recapture on the sale and a portion of the
 
 
 
80

 
 
 
balance of the Partnership’s remaining gain on such sale under principles consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1245-1 and (ii) if, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Partnership recognizes both “unrecaptured Section 1250 gain” (as defined in Code Section 1(h)) and gain treated as ordinary income under Code Section 1250(a) with respect to such sale, the amount treated as Depreciation Recapture under this Section 5.3(c)(iii) shall be comprised of a proportionate share of both such types of gain.
 
(B) For purposes of this Section 5.3(c)(iii), “Depreciation Recapture” means the portion of any gain from the disposition of an asset of the Partnership which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) is treated as ordinary income under Code Section 1245, (ii) is treated as ordinary income under Code Section 1250 or (iii) is “unrecaptured Section 1250 gain” as such term is defined in Code Section 1(h).
 
(d) Other Provisions.
 
(i) For any Allocation Period or other period during which any part of any Interest in the Partnership is Transferred between the Partners or to another Person (other than by pledge of, or grant of a security interest in, such Interest), the portion of the Profits, Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit that are allocable with respect to such part of an Interest in the Partnership will be apportioned between the Transferor and the Transferee under any method allowed pursuant to Code Section 706 and the applicable Treasury Regulations as determined by the General Partner, although an interim closing of the books method shall be used if the Transferor agrees to reimburse the Partnership for reasonable costs incurred.
 
(ii) In the event that the Code or any Treasury Regulations require allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit different from those set forth in this Article V, the General Partner is hereby authorized to adjust or amend the allocations to the extent necessary to satisfy the Code and any Treasury Regulations, and no such new allocation will give rise to any claim or cause of action by any Partner.
 
(iii) For purposes of determining the Partners’ proportional share of the Partnership’s “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in profits will be equal to their respective Class A Sharing Percentages.
 
(iv) Credits.  All tax credits shall be allocated among the Partners as determined by the General Partner, consistent with applicable law.
 
(e) Valuation; Revaluation.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, valuations will be made by the General Partner or by independent third parties appointed by the General Partner and deemed qualified by the General Partner to render an opinion as to the value of the Partnership’s assets, using such methods and considering such information relating to the investments, assets and liabilities of the Partnership as the General
 
 
 
81

 
 
 
Partner or independent third party, as the case may be, may determine in the discretion of the General Partner.
 
5.4. Withholding.  The Partnership may withhold from distributions if it is required to do so by any applicable rule, regulation, or law, and each Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Partner any amount of federal, state, local or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Partner pursuant to this Agreement.  Any amounts withheld pursuant to this Section 5.4 or withheld by a third party from payments made to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries on account of a particular Partner will be treated as having been distributed to such Partner.  To the extent that the cumulative amount of such withholding for any period exceeds the distributions to which such Partner is entitled for such period, the amount of such excess, if not immediately repaid by such Partner to the Partnership, will be considered a loan from the Partnership to such Partner, with interest accruing at two percent (2%) plus the Interest Rate.  Such loan may, at the option of the General Partner, be satisfied (a) out of distributions to which such Partner would otherwise be subsequently entitled, or (b) by the immediate payment in cash to the Partnership of such excess amount.  Each Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Partner’s Units to secure such Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 5.4.  Each Partner will take such actions as the Partnership may reasonably request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder or satisfy any withholding or tax payment obligations with respect to such Partner.
 
5.5. Issuance of Class A Units to Investors.  The Partnership and the Partners shall treat the issuance of any Class A Units to the Investors in connection with any Unit Purchase Agreement as a “guaranteed payment” by the Partnership to such Investors under Section 707(c) of the Code (the “Investor Guaranteed Payment”) in an amount, determined with respect to each Investor, equal to the Class A Unit Price on the date of issuance for each such Class A Unit multiplied by the number of Class A Units so issued to such Investor.  Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 5.2 to the contrary, the Partnership shall distribute to each Investor an amount equal to the Class A Issuance Tax Distribution determined with respect to such Investor on or prior to the fifth day prior to the due date for payment of estimated federal income taxes due from a corporation with respect to the quarter that includes the date of such issuance.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
MANAGEMENT
 
6.1. Management.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable law, the power and authority to manage, direct and control the Partnership will be vested in the General Partner.  The General Partner will have full, complete and exclusive authority to manage, direct and control the business, affairs and properties of the Partnership, and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Partnership’s activities, without the necessity of the approval by the Limited Partners except as expressly provided herein.  Except for the General Partner, no Partner may claim or exercise any authority
 
 
 
82

 
 
 
to act, or to enter into any contract or agreement, on behalf of the Partnership.  The Limited Partners agree that all determinations, decisions and actions made or taken by the General Partner shall be conclusive and absolutely binding upon the Partnership, the Limited Partners and their respective successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns.  Persons dealing with the Partnership are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the General Partner as herein set forth.
 
6.2. Super Majority Decisions; Majority Vote.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, and without limiting any requirement in this Agreement that any action require approval of the General Partner,
 
(a) the following matters shall require the approving vote of the General Partner, including any requisite Board of Directors approval as required under Section 7.11(c)(i) of the GP Agreement as a Super Majority Decision (subject to any additional approval of the Class B Majority as may be required by Section 6.2(d)):
 
(i) any amalgamation, reconstruction, liquidation, dissolution, or similar proceedings with respect to any Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(ii) the repurchase of Interests of any Partner (including any optional redemption of Class B Units from any holder of Class B Units), other than on a pro-rata basis among and as agreed by all Limited Partners;
 
(iii) any transaction or series of related transactions between any Person in the Partnership Group, on the one hand, and any Partner or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand (for clarity, approval under this Section 6.2(a)(iii) shall be required for any amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications to any of the transactions covered by this Section 6.2(a)(iii), other than the approval of any Dropdown Transaction to any Person in the SXE Group approved in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(iv) or the Contribution Agreement);
 
(iv) any amendment to the organizational documents of any Person in the Partnership Group (other than as required to implement any action that may be approved by Majority Vote or as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement);
 
(v) the formation of Subsidiary of the Partnership authorized to engage in any business activities other than as described in Section 2.5 or any change in nature of the business of any Person in the Partnership Group from any purpose other than as described in Section 2.5;
 
(vi) the adoption or change of tax elections (including those under Code Section 704(c)), tax accounting methods or tax reporting positions of any Person in the Partnership Group, except as required by applicable tax law but including elections described in Section 8.2(a) and Section 8.4;
 
(vii) the determination of Available Cash or the making of any distribution by the Partnership, other than in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2;
 
 
 
 
83

 
 
 
 
(viii) any exchange by any Person in the Partnership Group of any Class A Units owned by a Designating Party for Equity Securities of SXE or any successor thereto, other than any such exchange requested by a Designating Party in accordance with Section 3.16; provided no such exchange may be approved pursuant to this Section 6.2(a)(viii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period without the consent of all Class A Limited Partners;
 
(ix) for any Quarter (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to September 30, 2016, the determination as to whether any Class B Distribution shall be made in cash or PIK Units; and
 
(x) exercising rights of any Person in the Partnership Group in such Person’s capacity as a member, manager or partner (general or limited) of SXE or any of their other respective Subsidiaries or any joint venture with respect to any action requiring approval of the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.2(a).
 
(b) Prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (or such shorter period specified in clause (i), clause (vi) or clause (x) below), the following matters shall require the approving vote of the General Partner, including any requisite Board of Directors approval as required under Section 7.11(c)(ii) of the GP Agreement as a Super Majority Decision (subject to any additional approval of the Class B Majority as may be required by Section 6.2(d)):
 
(i) during the Lock-Up Period, any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction involving any Person in the Partnership Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than a transaction that is a Liquidity Event);
 
(ii) the appointment, termination or removal of any officer of any Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(iii) the approval or modification of compensation payable by any Person in the Partnership Group to any individual or amending any employee compensation benefit or incentive plan of any Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(iv) the issuance by any Person in the Partnership Group of debentures, bonds or any other debt securities (A) that would result in total Indebtedness of the Partnership Group, on a consolidated basis exceeding 3.5 times EBITDA on a twelve-month trailing basis or (B) that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Equity Securities of any Person in the Partnership Group at less than Fair Market Value;
 
(v) any voluntary act of Bankruptcy by any Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(vi) any Liquidity Event prior to February 1, 2018, other than the approval of a Qualified IPO effected after the Lock-Up Period approved in accordance with Section 6.2(c)(iii) or Section 6.2(c)(xi);
 
 
 
84

 
 
 
 
(vii) approval of any capital project (i.e., new projects or facilities; expansion of facilities/compression) by any Person in the Partnership Group in excess of $50 million that is not included in the Initial Budget, other than projects required to comply with applicable law;
 
(viii) any disposition of assets by any Person in the Partnership Group with a fair market value in excess of $50 million;
 
(ix) any disposition by any Person in the Partnership Group of any Equity Security of SXE GP or any successor, other than as part of a Qualified IPO;
 
(x) during the Lock-Up Period, the approval of a distribution of any Equity Securities of SXE (or any successor thereto) owned by any Person in the Partnership Group; and
 
(xi) exercising rights of any Person in the Partnership Group in such Person’s capacity as a member, manager or partner (general or limited) of SXE or any of their other respective Subsidiaries or any joint venture with respect to any action requiring approval of the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.2(b).
 
(c) Without limiting any approval as required under Section 6.2(b), the following matters shall require the approving vote of the General Partner, including any requisite Board of Directors approval as required under Section 7.11(d) of the GP Agreement as a Majority Vote (subject to any additional approval of the Class B Majority as may be required by Section 6.2(d)):
 
(i) making capital calls or issuing any Equity Securities in any Person in the Partnership Group, including pursuant to Section 4.1(e) to Persons other than a Designating Party;
 
(ii) the issuance by any Person in the Partnership Group of any debentures, bonds or any other debt securities (including any security convertible into or exchangeable for any other security);
 
(iii) any Liquidity Event (however, the General Partner shall first use good faith efforts to effect a Qualified IPO prior to approving any other Liquidity Event (unless any such other Liquidity Event is approved in accordance with Section 6.2(b)(vi) or is directed by a Designating Party at any time after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date pursuant to Section 7.13(a) of the GP Agreement));
 
(iv) any Dropdown Transaction;
 
(v) after the Lock-Up Period, the approval of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or similar transactions by any Person in the Partnership Group (other than a transaction that is a Liquidity Event);
 
(vi) the approval by any Person in the Partnership Group of any Annual Budget and any approval by any Person in the Partnership Group of expenditures in
 
 
 
85

 
 
 
excess of those reflected in the then current Annual Budget (subject to any permitted variances as agreed upon by the Designating Parties);
 
(vii) the approval of any entry by any Person in the Partnership Group into or amendment or waiver of any rights of any Person in the Partnership Group under any partnership or joint venture with any other Person;
 
(viii) the approval of any contract to be entered into by any Person in the Partnership Group after the Effective Date (A) with a term of more than twelve (12) months (other than any contract that may be terminated by such Person on not more than 90 days’ notice without penalty), (B) involving expected payments by any Person in the Partnership Group of more than $5 million in the aggregate (other than payments for obligations as set forth in an Annual Budget), and (C) any non-ministerial amendment to any such contract;
 
(ix) any voluntary encumbrance of any properties or assets of any Person in the Partnership Group to secure any debt and/or other obligations;
 
(x) any disposition by any Person in the Partnership Group of assets, other than with respect to the disposition of worthless or obsolete assets or any disposition of assets for which approval is required pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(viii);
 
(xi) the approval by any Person in the Partnership Group of a Qualified IPO after the Lock-Up Period;
 
(xii) the approval of a distribution by any Person in the Partnership Group of any Equity Securities of SXE or any successor thereto owned by any Person in the Partnership Group effected after the Lock-Up Period; provided, however, no such General Partner approval shall be required if such distribution is requested by a Designating Party in accordance with Section 5.1(f);
 
(xiii) subject to Section 3.13, determining the Fair Market Value for purposes of this Agreement, including Fair Market Value of any Equity Securities issued by any Person in the Partnership Group; and
 
(xiv) Subject to Section 6.2(a)(ix) and Section 6.2(b)(xi), exercising rights of any Person in the Partnership Group in such Person’s capacity as a member, manager or partner (general or limited) of SXE or any of their other respective Subsidiaries or any joint venture with respect to any action requiring approval of the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.2(c).
 
(d) Without limiting any approval as required under Section 6.2(a), Section 6.2(b) and Section 6.2(c), the following matters shall, so long as any Class B Units remain outstanding, require the consent of the Class B Majority:
 
(i) subject to Section 11.5, any amendment to, or waiver under, the organizational documents of the Partnership or, to the extent such amendment or waiver
 
 
86

 
 
 
would adversely affect the rights, preference, privileges or powers of the Class B Units, any other Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(ii) (A) issuing any Class B Units (other than pursuant to Section 4.1(e) or PIK Units) or other Equity Securities of the Partnership having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to distributions superior to or on parity with the Class B Units (other than with respect to any Replacement Equity) or (B) permitting the issuance of any Equity Securities or debt securities (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amendment, replacement or refinancing of a credit agreement) of any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries;
 
(iii) creating any new class of Equity Securities of any Person in the Partnership Group (other than with respect to any Replacement Equity);
 
(iv) commencing any voluntary act of Bankruptcy by any Person in the Partnership Group;
 
(v) entering into any Dropdown Transaction or effect any Asset Sales by any member of the Partnership Group, unless the consideration received by the Partnership Group is at least (A) 75% cash or (B) 50% cash if the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in, and determined in accordance with, the Credit Agreement) is not greater than 3.50:1.00; provided, that the Partnership Group shall be permitted to consummate Dropdown Transactions to the extent permitted by Sections 6.06(l) and (m) of  the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date);
 
(vi) the incurrence of any Indebtedness (as defined in, and determined in accordance with, the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date)) by the Partnership Group if, after giving effect to such Indebtedness, the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in, and determined in accordance with, the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date)) exceeds 5.0x; provided that in connection with any Class B CC Notice delivered by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.1(e), Borrower LP shall be permitted to incur Incremental Term Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or Incremental Equivalent Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate amount of such capital call; provided, further, that the Partnership Group shall be permitted to incur Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Sections 6.01(f) and (p) of  the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date); provided, further, that in no event shall the Partnership Group incur Indebtedness prior to the Commitment Termination exceeding $100,000,000 in the aggregate without the consent of the Class B Majority prior to the earlier of (i) the full utilization of the Unfunded Commitment Amount and (ii) the 18 month anniversary of the Effective Date;
 
(vii) amend, restate or replace the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date) in any manner that materially and adversely diminishes the amount of cash distributable under Section 6.08 of the Credit Agreement;
 
 
 
 
87

 
 
 
 
(viii) creating any liens on the Partnership’s interests in SXE, other than liens created under the Credit Agreement (and the related collateral documents) and other non-consensual liens permitted thereunder;
 
(ix) undertaking any material transaction with Affiliates of the Partnership, unless such transaction is (A) on an arms’ length basis, (B) approved by the respective boards or conflicts committees, as applicable, of each Affiliate involved in such transaction and (C) priced at either fair market value or at a price that is more favorable to the Partnership Group (for clarity, approval under this Section 6.2(d)(ix) shall be required for any amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications to any of the transactions covered by this Section 6.2(d)(ix)); provided that with respect to any Dropdown Transaction, the Partnership shall only be required to satisfy clause (B) above; provided further that this clause (ix) shall not be apply to any transactions contemplated by the Closing Agreement;
 
(x) exercising rights of any Person in the Partnership Group in such Person’s capacity as a member, manager or partner (general or limited) with respect to any action requiring the consent of the Class B Majority pursuant to this Section 6.2(d); and
 
(xi) failing to maintain Conforming Insurance Coverage; and
 
(xii) agreeing or committing to do any of the preceding actions.
 
6.3. Officers.  The General Partner may, from time to time, designate one or more Persons to be officers of the Partnership (each, an “Officer”), with such titles as the General Partner may assign to such Persons.  No Officer need be a Partner or a resident of the State of Delaware.  Officers so designated will have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may, from time to time, delegate to them and, unless otherwise specified by the General Partner, will have the authority and responsibilities generally held by officers of a Delaware corporation holding the same titles.  Any number of offices may be held by the same Person.  The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers and agents of the Partnership will be fixed from time to time by the General Partner, except as provided pursuant to Section 6.2(c).  Any Officer may resign as such at any time.  Such resignation will be made in writing and will take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner.  Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner, in its sole discretion.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.
 
6.4. Annual Budget.  The Officers shall be responsible for managing the day to day operations of the Partnership, subject to such limitations and directions as are provided by the General Partner.  The Officers will annually prepare and submit to the General Partner the Annual Budget which the General Partner shall revise and otherwise modify in its sole discretion.  Any material changes to the Annual Budget shall be made at the direction of, or with the approval by, the General Partner, in each case at the sole discretion of the General Partner.  The General Partner shall have the right to revise any then-applicable Annual Budget at any time, in its sole discretion.  In furtherance of the foregoing:
 
 
 
88

 
 
 
 
(a) The Annual Budget for the period from August 4, 2014 through December 31, 2014 shall be approved in accordance with Section 6.2(c) (such approved Annual Budget, the “Initial Budget”).
 
(b) The Board of Directors shall review each Annual Budget, including the Initial Budget, at least quarterly (or more frequently as determined by the Board of Directors, including upon any proposed project not currently in the Annual Budget requiring capital expenditures of $5 million during the capital year to which such Annual Budget relates) and the Annual Budget shall be amended or modified to reflect any amendments or modifications thereto approved or directed by the General Partner and as so modified or amended shall thereafter constitute the Annual Budget for the remainder of the calendar year to which such Annual Budget relates.
 
(c) The Officers shall prepare or cause to be prepared and presented to the Board of Directors not later than December 1 of each calendar year (beginning December 1, 2014 (for calendar year 2015)) a draft Annual Budget for the next succeeding calendar year (the “Proposed Budget”) setting forth the anticipated revenues and expenses (including capital expenditures) of the Partnership for such calendar year in a format consistent with the Initial Budget, and which will include:
 
(i) a projected monthly income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements on a consolidated basis for the calendar year covered by such Proposed Budget and a projected monthly income statement and capital expenditures for each major capital project;
 
(ii) estimates of the expenditures covered by the proposed Annual Budget by budget category, in reasonable detail to identify the nature, scope and duration of the activity in question;
 
(iii) estimates of the schedule pursuant to which capital costs and expenses included in the Annual Budget are anticipated to be incurred by the Partnership;
 
(iv) any other information reasonably requested in writing by the General Partner;
 
(v) estimates of revenues and estimated returns on invested capital;
 
(vi) progress on capital projects included in prior Annual Budgets, including any shortfalls or overages; and
 
(vii) any costs and expenses estimated to be expended due to health, safety, security and environmental issues or any regulatory issues.
 
(d) Expenditures in an Annual Budget may extend over more than one calendar year because such expenditures represent activities or operations that require commitments in excess of one calendar year.  Once such expenditures have been approved by the General Partner as part of an Annual Budget or included by the General Partner as part of an Annual Budget, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, such expenditures shall not be
 
 
 
89

 
 
 
required to be resubmitted for approval on an annual or other periodic basis, but instead all such items, until completed, automatically shall be included in future Annual Budgets (subject to limits and amounts as previously approved) as items which have already been approved.
 
(e) If the General Partner does not approve a Proposed Budget for a calendar year on or prior to the December 20 preceding January 1 of the calendar year to which such Proposed Budget relates, the Officers shall use good faith efforts to prepare or to cause to be prepared a revised Proposed Budget for approval by the General Partner; provided, however, that the General Partner shall have the right to revise the Proposed Budget and to approve the Proposed Budget that it has revised, in each case in its sole discretion.  Each Proposed Budget approved hereunder by the General Partner in accordance with Section 6.4 shall be deemed an “Annual Budget.”
 
(f) To the extent that any Proposed Budget is not approved by the General Partner in accordance with this Section 6.4 by the January 1 of the calendar year to which such Proposed Budget relates, then, until a Proposed Budget for such calendar year is approved by the General Partner, the most recent Annual Budget for the prior year shall continue as the Annual Budget for such calendar year; provided, however, that (i) such existing Annual Budget will automatically be adjusted for such Fiscal Year to properly account for actual changes in non-discretionary changes such as taxes, insurance premiums, utility charges, debt service and maintenance and repair costs (including capital expenditures for maintenance and repair costs) and (ii) the budgeted amount of capital expenditures for the General Partner and the Partnership Group (other than capital expenditures for maintenance and repair costs) shall be (A) for the first such Fiscal Year, 80% of the amount budgeted for capital expenditures in such existing Annual Budget and (B) for any Fiscal Year thereafter, until an Annual Budget is approved by the General Partner, zero.
 
(g) The Partnership shall not incur capital expenditures in excess of amounts set forth in the Annual Budget without prior approval of the General Partner, provided that the Partnership may expend without General Partner approval up to 10% in excess of the authorized amount for any category of capital expenditures during a calendar year (excluding any amounts included in the Annual Budget as line items for contingencies and overruns), such excess expenditures not to exceed in the aggregate 10% of the aggregate of the amount for capital expenditures set forth in the Annual Budget for such calendar year.  Any variances from the Annual Budget for capital expenditures other than variances for capital expenditures within and not in excess of the 10% variance permitted herein year shall require the approval of the General Partner, and if so approved, each such variance shall be added to the Annual Budget for such calendar year which, as so amended, shall thereafter be the Annual Budget for such calendar year.  The ten percent (10%) variance permitted herein shall be calculated with respect to the original amounts set forth in the Annual Budget or, once amended, the amended amount, provided that no expenditures incurred pursuant to Section 6.4(h) shall be deemed to be included in for purposes of calculating the ten percent (10%) permitted variance pursuant to this Section 6.4(g), nor shall any such expenditures be considered to be amounts expended in excess of the authorized amount of any Annual Budget for purposes of calculating the ten percent (10%) permitted variance.
 
 
 
 
90

 
 
 
 
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Partnership is expressly authorized to make Emergency Expenditures and incur liabilities without prior authorization or approval when necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the senior executive Officer, subject to Prudent Industry Practices, to deal with emergencies, including explosions, fires, spills, or any other similar event, which may endanger property, lives, or the environment.  The senior executive Officer shall as soon as practicable report to the General Partner the nature of any such emergency which arises, the measures he intends to take in respect of such emergency and the estimated related expenditures.
 
6.5. Limitation of Liability; Indemnification.
 
(a) Neither the General Partner, any Director, any Organizing Person, any Officer or any officer the General Partner or their respective Affiliates shall be liable in damages to the Partnership or any Partner by reason of, or arising from or relating to the operations, business or affairs of, or any action taken or failure to act on behalf of, the Partnership or the General Partner, except to the extent that any of the foregoing is determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by a willful breach of the terms of this Agreement or the gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith of such persons.
 
(b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, but subject to the provisions of this Section 6.5, all Indemnitees will not be liable for, and will be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership against, any and all claims, actions, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, or expenses, including attorney’s fees, court costs, and costs of investigation, actually and reasonably incurred by any such Indemnitee (collectively, “Damages”), arising from proceedings in which such Indemnitee may be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its being a Director, General Partner, Officer or officer the General Partner, or by reason of its involvement in the management of the affairs of the Partnership or the General Partner, whether or not it continues to be such at the time any such Damage is paid or incurred, except to the extent that any of the foregoing is determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by a willful breach of the terms of this Agreement or the gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith of such persons.  IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP THAT THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO ANY DAMAGE THAT HAS RESULTED FROM OR IS ALLEGED TO HAVE RESULTED FROM THE ACTIVE OR PASSIVE OR THE SOLE, JOINT, OR CONCURRENT ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE.
 
(c) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any proceeding (except a proceeding by or in the right of the Partnership or any of the Partners against such Indemnitee), will be paid by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnitee to repay such amount if such Indemnitee is determined pursuant to this Section 6.5 or adjudicated to be ineligible for indemnification, which undertaking will be an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee but need not be secured unless so determined by the General Partner.
 
 
 
 
91

 
 
 
 
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.5 will inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of each Indemnitee.
 
(e) Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.5 will be made only out of the assets of the Partnership and will in no event cause any Partner to incur any personal liability nor shall it result in any liability of the Partners to any third party.
 
(f) The rights of indemnification provided in this Section 6.5 are in addition to any rights to which an Indemnitee may otherwise be entitled by contract (including advancement of expenses) or as a matter of law.  The Partnership hereby acknowledges that the Indemnitees may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Partners and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Partner Indemnitors”).  The Partnership hereby agrees that (i) the Partnership is the Indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnitees under Sections 6.5(b) and Section 6.5(c) are primary and any obligation of the Partner Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees are secondary), (ii) the Partnership shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnitees and shall be liable for the full amount of all Damages paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of Sections 6.5(b) and Section 6.5(c) (or any other agreement between the Partnership and the Indemnitees), without regard to any rights the Indemnitees may have against the Partner Indemnitors, and (iii) the Partnership irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Partner Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Partner Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Partnership further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Partner Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which the Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Partnership pursuant to Sections 6.5(b) and Section 6.5(c) shall affect the foregoing and the Partner Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitees against the Partnership.  The Partnership agrees that the Partner Indemnitors who are not Partners are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 6.5.
 
6.6. Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.  The Partnership will purchase and maintain key man insurance for the Officers and Director and Officer liability insurance in the amount approved by the General Partner on behalf of any Person who is or was a Director, Partner, Officer or officer of its Subsidiaries against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any capacity identified in Section 6.5 or arising out of his status as an Indemnitee, whether or not the Partnership would have the power to indemnify him against that liability under Section 6.5.
 
6.7. Limitation of Duties; Waiver of Fiduciary Duties.
 
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Partnership waives all fiduciary duties and all liability of any Partner (in their capacity as a Partner but not in their capacity as Officers of the Partnership, if applicable) for breaches of fiduciary duties; provided, however, that such waiver does not extend to liability for any action or omission that constitutes a bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
 
 
 
 
92

 
 
 
 
(b) In furtherance of and without limiting Section 6.7(a), (i) the legal doctrines of “corporate opportunity,” “business opportunity” and similar doctrines will not be applied to any ventures or activities of the General Partner, the Limited Partners or their respective Affiliates, (ii) none of General Partner, the Limited Partners or their respective Affiliates will have any obligation to the Partnership or its other Partners with respect to any opportunity to expand the Partnership’s business, whether geographically, or otherwise, (iii) the Partnership and each Partner hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter in which any Limited Partner (or its Affiliates) participates or desires or seeks to participate (each, a “Business Opportunity”), (iv) no Limited Partner (or its Affiliates) shall have any obligation to communicate or offer any Business Opportunity to the Partnership or any other Partner, and each may pursue for itself or direct, sell, assign or transfer to any other Person any such Business Opportunity and (v) the General Partner, the Limited Partners and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, managers, stockholders and Affiliates shall be entitled to and may have business interests and activities that are in direct competition with the Partnership or a Partner or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership, and neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business venture of the General Partner or any Limited Partner.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.7 shall, or is intended to, limit the duties and obligations of Limited Partners who are Officers of the Partnership in their capacity as Officers of the Partnership or otherwise limit the rights, duties and obligations of any Partner or Director expressly set forth in this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
RIGHTS OF PARTNERS; CONFIDENTIALITY
 
7.1. Access to Information.  In addition to the other rights specifically set forth in this Agreement, each Partner will have access to all information to which a Partner is entitled to have access pursuant to the Act.  The Partnership shall permit each Access Partner to send representatives to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Partnership, including its books of account and other records (and make copies of and take extracts from such books and records), and to discuss all aspects of the Partnership’s business, affairs, finances, and accounts with the Partnership’s officers and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during the Partnership’s usual business hours and as often as any such Partner may reasonably request.
 
7.2. Financial Reports.  The Partnership shall furnish all of the following to each Access Partner:
 
(a) Within thirty-five (35) days after the end of each month, (1) an operating report with key operating metrics reasonably requested by any Access Partner, (2) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited related statement of income and statement of cash flows for such month prepared on a consistent internal basis (without footnotes) and other disclosures that would be required for a presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“GAAP”), together with a comparison of such statements to the Annual Budget for such periods and (3) a written report by the
 
 
 
93

 
 
 
Partnership’s management describing the results of operations of the Partnership, including any applicable qualitative analysis comparing the Partnership’s performance with prior periods, for such month;
 
(b) Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter:  (1) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and unaudited related income statement and statement of cash flows for such quarter including any footnotes thereto (if any) prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with a comparison of such statements to the Annual Budget for such periods; and (2) a written report by the Partnership’s management describing the results of operations of the Partnership, including any applicable qualitative analysis comparing the Partnership’s performance with prior periods, for such quarter;
 
(c) (i) For the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2014, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of such Fiscal Year and (ii) for each subsequent Fiscal Year, within ninety (90) days after the end of such Fiscal Year:  (1) an audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated income statement, statement of Partners’ equity and statement of cash flows for such Fiscal Year prepared in accordance with GAAP and a signed audit letter from the Partnership’s auditors; and (2) a copy of the reports from the Partnership’s auditors pursuant to Statements of Auditing Standards 112 and 114 for such Fiscal Year;
 
(d) Promptly after the occurrence of any event that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, condition, assets, liabilities, employees, prospects, financial condition or capitalization of the Partnership, notice of such event together with a summary describing the nature of the event and its impact on the Partnership;
 
(e) Within forty five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Annual Budget in effect (or deemed to be in effect) for the following Fiscal Year;
 
(f) Promptly upon becoming aware of any breach of the Partnership of any of the material terms and conditions of this Agreement, provide written notice of such breach; and
 
(g) Any other information that any Access Partner may reasonably request.
 
7.3. Audits.  So long as long as any Access Partner is a Partner and, together with its Affiliates, holds a Class A Sharing Percentage or Class B Sharing Percentage that is equal to or greater than ten percent (10%), such Access Partner shall have the right to conduct, or cause to be conducted, audits of the books and records of the Partnership and to consult with and advise management of the Partnership, upon reasonable notice at reasonable times from time to time, on all matters relating to the operation of the Partnership, provided that no Access Partner with a Class A Sharing Percentage of less than ten percent (10%) shall be entitled to conduct more than one (1) audit during an twelve (12) month period.  The expenses of such audits shall be borne by the Partnership, provided that the Partnership shall not be required to bear expenses in excess of $25,000 for any audit conducted by an Access Partner that does not hold a Class A Sharing Percentage equal to or greater than ten percent (10%).  No other Partner in its capacity as a
 
 
 
94

 
 
 
Partner will have the right to conduct, or cause to be conducted, an audit of the books and records of the Partnership.
 
7.4. Observation Rights
 
.  So long as an Initial Investor holds at least fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding Class B Units, such Initial Investor shall have the right to send up to two (2) representatives (each, an “Observer”) to attend meetings of the Board of Directors in a non-voting capacity, and the Observer(s) shall be entitled to receive all materials delivered to members of the Board of Directors with respect to such meetings concurrent with the receipt of such materials by the Board of Directors; provided, that the General Partner reserves the right to exclude Observers from access to any meeting or any materials delivered to the Board of Directors if it is advised by outside counsel  that such exclusion is necessary to preserve any privilege or to protect confidential or otherwise proprietary information (unless with respect to confidential or otherwise proprietary information, such Observer has entered into an appropriate confidentiality agreement); provided further, the aggregate number of Observers shall not exceed three (3) at any one time and, to the extent the number of designated Observers at any one time would exceed three (3), the three (3) designated Observers shall be selected by majority vote of holders of Class B Units constituting Initial Investors and their Permitted Transferees (with each applicable Investor being given the right to send at least one (1) Observer, if possible).
 
7.5. Confidentiality.
 
(a) The contents and terms of this Agreement and the other information protected under this Section 7.5 are the product of, or were obtained by, the substantial work and expense of, and consist of trade secrets, and commercial or financial information the disclosure of which would cause substantial competitive harm to, the General Partner and its Affiliates.  No Limited Partner shall disclose to any Person any information related to the General Partner, the Partnership, or any subsidiary of the Partnership, or any of their respective Affiliates, in each case, that is not publicly available (or that is publicly available as a result of a disclosure by such Limited Partner or any director, employee, officer, legal, financial or tax advisor of such Limited Partner in violation of this Section 7.5); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent any Limited Partner from furnishing (i) any required information to any governmental regulatory agency, self-regulating body or in connection with any judicial, governmental or other regulatory proceeding or as otherwise required by law (provided that any disclosure that is either (A) not to a governmental regulatory agency or (B) not on a confidential basis, shall require prior written notice thereof to the General Partner) or (ii) any information, so long as such disclosure is for a bona fide business purpose of such Limited Partner, to directors, officers, employees and legal, financial and tax advisors of such Limited Partner who are informed of the confidential nature of the information and who agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.5, and each Limited Partner agrees to be bound hereby.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Limited Partner acknowledges that notices and reports to such Limited Partner hereunder may contain material non-public information concerning, among other things, the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries, and agrees not to use such information other than in connection with monitoring its investment in the Partnership and agrees, in that regard, not to trade in securities on the basis of any such information.  Furthermore, the Partners hereby acknowledge that pursuant to §17-305(f) of the Act the rights of a Limited Partner to obtain information from the Partnership shall be limited to only those rights provided for in this Agreement, and that any
 
 
 
95

 
 
 
other rights provided under §17-305(a) of the Act shall not be available to the Limited Partners or applicable to the Partnership.
 
(b) In order to preserve the confidentiality of certain information disseminated by the General Partner or the Partnership under this Agreement that a Limited Partner that is subject to FOIA or any Limited Partner that has one or more equity owners that are subject to FOIA (any such Limited Partner, a “FOIA Limited Partner”) is entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including quarterly, annual and other reports (other than Schedule K-1s) and any information provided at meetings of the Limited Partners, the General Partner may (i) provide to such FOIA Limited Partner access to such information only on the Partnership’s website in password protected, non-downloadable, non-printable format or (ii) unless prohibited by law, require such FOIA Limited Partner to return any copies of information provided to it by the General Partner or the Partnership (including any subsequent copies made by such Limited Partner).
 
(c) Each Limited Partner shall promptly notify the General Partner if at any time such Limited Partner is or becomes subject to Section 552(a) of Title 5 of the United States Code (commonly known as the “Freedom of Information Act”) or any public disclosure law, rule or regulation of any governmental or non-governmental entity that could require similar or broader public disclosure of confidential information provided to such Limited Partner (collectively such laws, rules or regulations, “FOIA”).  To the extent that any such Limited Partner receives a request for public disclosure of any confidential Partnership information provided to it, such Limited Partner agrees that:  (i) it shall use its reasonable best efforts to (A) promptly notify the General Partner of such disclosure request and promptly provide the General Partner with a copy of such disclosure request or a detailed summary of the information being requested, (B) inform the General Partner of the timing for responding to such disclosure request, and (C) consult with the General Partner regarding the response to such disclosure request; (ii) it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to oppose and prevent the requested disclosure unless such Limited Partner is advised by counsel that there exists no reasonable basis on which to oppose such disclosure; and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in order to prevent any such potential disclosure that the General Partner determines in good faith is likely to occur, withhold all or any part of the information otherwise to be provided to such Limited Partner; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not withhold any such information if such Limited Partner confirms in writing to the General Partner, based upon advice of counsel, that compliance with the procedures in Section 7.5(b) hereof is legally sufficient to prevent such potential disclosure.
 
(d) The obligations and undertakings of each Limited Partner under this Section 7.5 shall be continuing and shall survive termination of the Partnership and this Agreement.  Any restriction or obligation imposed on a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 7.5 may be waived by the General Partner in its discretion.  Any such waiver or modification by the General Partner shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied in law or in equity to any Limited Partner, regardless of whether different agreements are reached with different Limited Partners.
 
 
 
 
96

 
 
 
 
(e) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if the provisions of this Section 7.5 were breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Section 7.5 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal, state or foreign court having jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
 
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing or Section 7.6, each of Investors, Southcross and BBTS (and after a BBTS Distribution, EIG and TW) may provide information regarding the General Partner, the Partnership, their Subsidiaries, this Agreement, and the assets, operations and financial information and business plans regarding the General Partner, the Partnership and their Subsidiaries to (i) their respective legal, financial and accounting advisors, (ii) their respective members, partners, managers, and officers and the members, partners, managers, and officers of their Affiliates who control them and (iii) potential purchasers or participants, directly or indirectly thru such Person or an Affiliate of such Person, of Units, provided any such potential purchaser or participant executes a confidentiality agreement with the General Partner in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the directors of the General Partner that are appointed by the members of the General Partner other than the Partner requesting to share such information (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
 
7.6. Press Releases.  Neither the Partnership, any Partner or its Affiliates, shall issue, or authorize to be issued, any press release, interview, article or other media release (including an internet posting, web blog or other electronic publication) that makes reference to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein or any Partner, in each case without the consent of each Partner; provided, however, that any Partner or its Affiliates shall be permitted, in any tombstone or similar document and in any media format, to reference the General Partner and the Partnership and their Subsidiaries and provide a general description of the nature of the transaction.
 
7.7. Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Partnership shall reimburse Southcross and BBTS for their expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel, but excluding any brokerage, advisor or similar transaction fees, incurred in connection with the formation of, and their initial investment in, the Partnership.  The Partnership shall reimburse any Director appointed by a Designating Party for his reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of his duties as a Director.
 
7.8. Conforming Insurance Coverage.  At each policy renewal relating to the Partnership Group’s insurance coverage, but no less than annually, the Partnership shall reasonably demonstrate that it is maintaining Conforming Insurance Coverage, including by providing to the holders of Class B Units approved certificates of insurance from each insurer or by an authorized representative of each insurer.  Such certification shall identify the underwriters, the type of insurance, the limits, deductibles and term thereof.  Upon any written request from one or more holders of Class B Units, the Partnership shall furnish such holders with copies of all insurance policies, binders, cover notes or other evidence of such insurance.
 
 
 
 
97

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
TAXES
8.1. Tax Returns
 
.  The General Partner will cause to be prepared and filed all necessary federal, state and local income tax returns for the Partnership and the General Partner will select a nationally recognized accounting firm to prepare the Partnership’s federal and state income tax returns.  Each Partner will furnish to the General Partner all pertinent information in its possession relating to Partnership operations that is necessary to enable the Partnership’s income tax returns to be prepared and filed. The Partnership shall furnish to each Partner an estimated IRS Form 1065, Schedule K-1 and any similar state or local tax forms with respect to such Partner no later than March 1st following each Tax Year and a final IRS Form 1065, Schedule K-1 and state and local tax forms with respect to such Partner no later than May 15th following each Tax Year.  The Partnership will furnish to each Class A Limited Partner copies of all returns that are actually filed, promptly after their filing.  All costs associated with the General Partner’s obligations under this Section 8.1 shall be borne by the Partnership.  The General Partner agrees to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to cause the distributions described in Section 2.5(h) of the Contribution Agreement to satisfy Treasury Regulations Section 1.707-5(b)(2)(ii)(A), including to the extent reasonably possible not commingling the proceeds of the Credit Facility (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) that will fund such distributions with other funds of the Partnership.
 
8.2. Tax Elections.
 
(a) Elections by Partnership.  The Partnership will make the following elections in the appropriate manner:
 
(i) to adopt the Tax Year of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.6;
 
(ii) to adopt the accrual method of accounting; and
 
(iii) to elect to amortize the start up expenses of the Partnership under Code Section 195 ratably over a period of 180 months as permitted by Code Section 709(b).
 
(b) Elections by Partners.  If any Partner makes any tax election that requires the Partnership to furnish information to such Partner to enable such Partner to compute its own tax liability, or requires the Partnership to file any tax return or report with any tax authority, in either case that would not be required in the absence of such election made by such Partner, the General Partner may, as a condition to furnishing such information or filing of such return or report, require such Partner to pay to the Partnership any incremental expenses incurred in connection therewith.
 
8.3. Tax Characterization of the Partnership
 
.  It is the intent of the Partners that the Partnership be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for state and local franchise and income tax purposes.  Except in connection with a conversion of the Partnership as part of an Approved Exit as contemplated by
 
 
 
98

 
 
 
Section 3.11, neither the Partnership nor any Partner may make an election for the Partnership to be excluded from the application of the provisions of subchapter K of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code or any similar provisions of applicable state or local law or to be treated as a corporation, and no provision of this Agreement will be construed to sanction or approve such an election.
 
8.4. Tax Matters Partner.  Subject to the following sentence, the General Partner is hereby designated as the tax matters partner within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(7) (“Tax Matters Partner”).  If for any Tax Year the General Partner is determined to be ineligible to act as the Tax Matters Partner, then (i) the Partners (and any Person who was a Partner at any time during such Tax Year) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as is required to permit the General Partner to be eligible to act as the Tax Matters Partner for such Tax Year and all other Tax Years, and (ii) if despite such efforts, the General Partner is not permitted to act as Tax Matters Partner for such Tax Year, then BlackBrush TexStar (before the BBTS Distribution) or EIG (after the BBTS Distribution) shall be designated as the Tax Matters Partner for such Tax Year.  The Tax Matters Partner shall not take any material action as Tax Matters Partner without the consent of the Designating Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed).  The Tax Matters Partner shall have all of the rights, authority and power, and shall be subject to all of the obligations, of a tax matters partner to the extent provided in the Code and the Treasury Regulations.  If any state or local tax law provides for a tax matters partner or Person having similar rights, powers, authority or obligations, the Tax Matters Partner shall also serve in such capacity.  In all other cases, the General Partner shall represent the Partnership in all tax matters to the extent allowed by law.  Expenses incurred by the General Partner or EIG as the Tax Matters Partner or in a similar capacity as set forth in this Section 8.4 shall be borne by the Partnership.  Such expenses shall include fees of attorneys and other tax professionals, accountants, appraisers and experts, filing fees and reasonable out of pocket costs.  Any decisions made by the Tax Matters Partner, including whether or not to settle or contest any tax matter, whether or not to extend the period of limitations for the assessment or collection of any tax and the choice of forum for such contest, shall be made in the Tax Matters Partner’s discretion, subject to the proviso contained in the second sentence of this Section 8.4.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.4, (1) the Tax Matters Partner shall not bind any Partner to a settlement agreement without the written consent of such Partner or enter into any extension of the period of limitations for making assessments with respect to the Partnership or any Partner without the prior consent of the Partners that would be bound by such extension, and (2) each Limited Partner shall be designated a notice partner under Code Section 6231 and shall have the rights of a notice partner granted pursuant to Code Sections 6221 through 6233.
 
8.5. Tax Information.  Each Partner shall provide the Partnership with any information related to such Partner necessary to (i) allow the Partnership to comply with any tax reporting, tax withholding or tax payment obligations of the Partnership or (ii) establish the Partnership’s legal entitlement to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax, including U.S. federal withholding tax under Code Sections 1471 and 1472.
 
 
 
 
99

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
 
BOOKS, RECORDS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
 
9.1. Maintenance of Books and Records.  The books of account for the Partnership and other records of the Partnership will be located at the principal office of the Partnership or such other place as the General Partner may deem appropriate, and will be maintained on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except that the Capital Accounts of the Partners will be maintained in accordance with Section 4.4.
 
9.2.
Bank Accounts.  The General Partner will cause the Partnership to establish and maintain one or more separate bank or investment accounts for Partnership funds in the Partnership name with such financial institutions and firms as the General Partner may select and with such signatories thereon as the General Partner may designate.

 
ARTICLE X
 
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
 
10.1. Dissolution.  The Partnership will dissolve and its affairs will be wound up upon the first to occur of either of the following (each, a “Liquidation Event”):
 
(a) the approval of such dissolution by the General Partner pursuant to Section 7.11(c)(i) of the GP Agreement; or
 
(b) the occurrence of any other event causing dissolution of the Partnership under the Act;
 
provided, however, that, upon dissolution pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 10.1, any or all of the remaining Partners may elect to continue the business of the Partnership within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of the event causing such dissolution.  The death, resignation, withdrawal, Bankruptcy, insolvency or expulsion of any Partner will not dissolve the Partnership.
 
10.2. Liquidation and Termination.  On dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner may appoint one or more Persons as liquidator(s).  The liquidator will proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Partnership and make final distributions as provided herein.  The costs of liquidation will be borne as a Partnership expense.  Until final distribution, the liquidator will continue to operate the Partnership properties with all of the power and authority of the Partners.  The steps to be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:
 
(a) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, the liquidator will cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Partnership’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable;
 
 
 
 
100

 
 
 
 
(b) the liquidator will pay from Partnership funds all of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision therefor (including the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine); and
 
(c) the Partnership will dispose of all remaining assets as follows:
 
(i) the liquidator may sell any or all Partnership property, and any resulting gain or loss from each sale will be computed and allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 5.3; and
 
(ii) thereafter, Partnership property will, subject to Section 4.6(d), be distributed among the Partners in accordance with Section 5.1(a).  All distributions made pursuant to this Section 10.2(c)(ii) will be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within ninety (90) days after the date of such liquidation).
 
(d) All distributions in kind to the Partners will be made subject to the liability of each distributee for its allocable share of costs, expenses and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Partnership has committed prior to the date of termination and those costs, expenses and liabilities will be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section 10.2.
 
10.3. Cancellation of Filing.  On completion of the distribution of Partnership assets as provided herein, the Partnership will be terminated, and the General Partner (or such other Person or Persons as may be required) will cause the cancellation of any other filings made as provided in Section 2.7 and will take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
11.1. Offset.  Whenever the Partnership is to pay any sum to any Partner, any amounts such Partner owes the Partnership may be deducted from that sum before payment.
 
11.2. Notices.  All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing (except as otherwise provided in Section 11.4) and will be given (a) by depositing such writing in the United States mail, addressed to the recipient, postage paid and certified with return receipt requested, (b) by depositing such writing with a reputable overnight courier for next day delivery, (c) by delivering such writing to the recipient in person, by courier or (d) by facsimile transmission.  A notice, request or consent given under this Agreement will be effective on receipt by the Person to receive it.  All notices, requests and consents to be sent to a Partner will be sent to or made at the addresses given for that Partner on the list attached hereto as Exhibit A or such other address as that Partner may specify by notice to the other Partners.  Any notice, request or consent to the Partnership also will be given to each Partner.
 
 
 
 
101

 
 
 
 
11.3. Entire Agreement; Supersedure.  This Agreement, together with its Exhibits and the agreements entered into in connection herewith, constitutes the entire agreement of the Partners relating to the Partnership and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the Partnership, whether oral or written.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership may enter into agreements or other writings with any Partner in respect of the Units of such Partner, and the rights of the Partnership and obligations of such Partner set forth in any such agreement or writing may establish rights in favor of the Partnership or limit the rights of such Partner notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than the Partners and their respective successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
11.4. Effect of Waiver or Consent.  A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of its obligations with respect to the Partnership will not constitute a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person with respect to the Partnership.  Failure on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default with respect to the Partnership, irrespective of how long such failure continues, will not constitute a waiver by that Person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable limitations period has expired.
 
11.5. Amendment or Modification.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument that is adopted by the General Partner; provided, however, that in no event shall this Agreement be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified (a) to require any Partner to make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership without that Partner’s prior written consent, (b) in a manner that would adversely affect any Partner’s rights under Article III, Article VII, Sections 4.1(d), 4.1(e), 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.1(a), 5.1(b), 5.1(c), 5.2, 5.3, 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 10.1, 10.2(c)(ii), 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 11.16 or this Section 11.5 (and the definition of any defined term used therein), without such Partner’s prior written consent or (c) in any manner not previously described in subclauses (a) or (b) that would adversely affect any Partner’s rights under this Agreement in a disproportionate or discriminatory manner (as compared to any other Partner), without such Partner’s prior written consent.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Partner approval is required for any amendment made by the General Partner to Exhibit A in accordance with Section 3.1 or Section 4.1(e) or, following the BBTS Distribution, any amendment to this Agreement necessary to give effect to the BBTS Distribution.
 
11.6. Binding Effect.  Subject to the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Partners and their respective heirs, legal representatives, trustees, successors, and assigns.
 
11.7. Governing Law; Severability.  This Agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle (whether under the laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that might refer the governance or the construction of this Agreement to the law of another jurisdiction.  If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such
 
 
 
102

 
 
 
provision to other Persons or circumstances will not be affected thereby, and such provision will be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
11.8. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTIES HERETO VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IN DALLAS COUNTY, TEXAS, OVER ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES OR THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN EACH CASE OTHER THAN A DISPUTE SUBJECT TO SECTION 11.9, AND THE PARTNERSHIP AND EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL SUCH CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH DISPUTE SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS.  THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN SUCH COURT OR ANY DEFENSE OF INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH DISPUTE.  THE PARTNERSHIP AND EACH PARTY AGREES THAT A JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
 
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.
 
11.9. Dispute Resolution.
 
(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim, of any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulations, or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, or relating in any way to the Partnership, its business or to this Agreement or the obligations of the parties hereunder, including , any dispute as to the existence, validity, construction, interpretation, negotiation, performance, non-performance, breach, termination or enforceability of this Agreement (in each case, a “Dispute”), other than disputes as to any determination of Fair Market Value (which shall be resolved exclusively as provided in Section 3.13) or fair market value of Units under Section 3.10 (which shall be resolved exclusively as provided in Section 3.10(c)) shall be resolved solely and exclusively in accordance with the procedures specified in this Section 11.9.  The parties shall attempt in good faith to settle any Dispute by mutual discussions within thirty (30) days after the date that one party gives notice to the other parties of such a Dispute.  If the Dispute is not resolved within such thirty (30) day period, any party may refer the Dispute to arbitration and the Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect (the “Rules”), and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The arbitration shall be held in Dallas, Texas, and presided over by three arbitrators.  The party giving notice of the Dispute shall appoint one arbitrator, and the other parties to the Dispute shall appoint one arbitrator.  The two appointed arbitrators shall together appoint a third arbitrator.  If the appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then the third arbitrator shall be
 
 
 
103

 
 
 
selected in accordance with the Rules.  The parties to such Dispute and the Partnership shall execute such engagement and indemnity agreements as the arbitrators shall require.  Notwithstanding this agreement to arbitrate Disputes, any party to a Dispute may apply to a court sitting on Dallas, Texas, for temporary restraining orders, temporary injunctive relief or other interim measures pending arbitration.  No court other than a court sitting in Dallas, Texas, shall have authority or jurisdiction to enter temporary restraining orders, temporary injunctive relief or other interim orders pending arbitration, and no party to a Dispute shall make any application for interim orders to any court other than a court sitting in Dallas, Texas.  The arbitrators shall award costs, attorneys’ fees and expert witness fees to the prevailing party or parties and may award specific performance or any other equitable relief.  The arbitrators may not award indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages, and recovery of any such damages in any Dispute is hereby waived; provided, however, that in no event shall a party be deemed pursuant to this Section 11.9 to be limited in recovering, or have waived any right to recover, damages based on diminution in value.  The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding, subject only to grounds and procedures for vacating or modifying the award under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et. seq.
 
(b) To the extent that any party hereto (including assignees of any party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself or its revenues, assets or properties, immunity from service of process, from suit, from the jurisdiction of any court, from an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, from attachment prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final), or from any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby irrevocably waives, such immunity.
 
(c) This agreement to arbitrate shall be binding upon the successors, assignees and any trustee or receiver of any party.
 
11.10. Further Assurances.  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, each Partner will execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and such transactions.
 
11.11. Waiver of Certain Rights.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Partner irrevocably waives any right it might have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Partnership, or to maintain any action for partition of the property of the Partnership.
 
11.12. Title to Partnership Property.  All assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property.
 
11.13. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document.  All counterparts will be construed together and constitute the same instrument.
 
 
 
 
104

 
 
 
 
11.14. Electronic Transmissions.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that (a) any consent or signed document transmitted by electronic transmission shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original written document, (b) any such consent or document shall be considered to have the same binding and legal effect as an original document and (c) at the request of any party hereto, any such consent or document shall be re-delivered or re-executed, as appropriate, by the relevant party or parties in its original form.  Each of the parties further agrees that they will not raise the transmission of a consent or document by electronic transmission as a defense in any proceeding or action in which the validity of such consent or document is at issue and hereby forever waives such defense.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
 
11.15. Aggregation of Interests.  For the purposes of determining any rights, benefits or entitlements under this Agreement that are based, in whole or in part, on ownership of Units, a Partner shall be entitled to aggregate all Interests owned by such Partner and its Affiliates in determining the aggregate ownership of Units hereunder.
 
11.16. BBTS Adjustment Amount.
 
(a) The Partners acknowledge that BBTS funded certain capital expenditures and other obligations of TexStar and its Subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date and BBTS shall be entitled to the payment from the Partnership of the BBTS Adjustment Amount plus a 7% per annum return thereon (compounded quarterly) (together, the “BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout”) prior to any distribution by the Partnership to the other Limited Partners pursuant to Section 5.1.
 
(b) The BBTS Adjustment Amount and BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout are not intended to be treated as equity or equity related payments of the Partnership for U.S. federal and applicable state, local and foreign income tax purposes.  Additionally, for U.S. federal (and applicable state, local and foreign) income tax purposes, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
 
(i) The Partnership and each Partner agree to treat any BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout as being on account of Qualified Reimbursement Amounts (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) as a reimbursement of capital expenditures by the Partnership to BBTS.
 
(ii) The Partnership and each Partner agree to treat payments of the BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout (other than those described in Section 11.16(b)(i) above), up to the amount of cash and current accounts receivable included in the calculation of “Current Assets” (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in the calculation of the amount of the Preferred Equity (as described in the Contribution Agreement), as a return by the Partnership of assets inadvertently contributed by BBTS to the Partnership.  As such, the amounts described in this Section 11.16(b)(ii) shall not be
 
 
 
105

 
 
 
treated as consideration paid by the Partnership to BBTS in exchange for its contribution of assets pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.
 
(c) None of the Partnership or any Partner shall take a position for U.S. federal (or applicable state, local or foreign) income tax purposes in contravention of this Section 11.16 absent a “final determination” (as described in Code Section 1313).
 
(d) The Partnership shall not issue any additional Equity Securities (or other rights entitling the holder thereof to any distributions from the Partnership) prior to payment to BBTS of the BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout except to the extent the proceeds received by the Partnership on account of such Equity Securities (or other rights) are sufficient, and are used by the Partnership, to pay to BBTS the BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout.
 
(e) Within two (2) days following the Effective Date, the Partnership shall pay to BBTS $89,882,192.70 (the “Estimated BBTS Adjustment”) in respect of the Estimated Adjustment Amount (as defined in the Contribution Agreement).  To the extent that the BBTS Adjustment Amount is finally determined pursuant to Section 2.7(f) of the Contribution Agreement (i) to be greater than the Estimated BBTS Adjustment, each Partner agrees that such excess shall be paid by the Partnership to BBTS in cash within three (3) Business Days of the final determination thereof and (ii) to be less than the Estimated BBTS Adjustment, BBTS agrees that it shall pay such difference to the Partnership in cash within three (3) Business Days of the final determination thereof.  The tax characterization described with respect to the BBTS Adjustment Amount Payout in Sections 11.16(a)-(d) shall apply equally to the Estimated BBTS Adjustment and any other payments made pursuant to this Section 11.16(e) (“Section 11.16(e) Payments”) and any Section 11.16(e) Payments shall be treated as BBTS Adjustment Amount Payouts for the purposes described in Sections 11.16(a)-(d).
 
11.17. Adjustments for Splits.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all measurements and references herein related to per-Unit values, prices and numbers (including Class A Sharing Percentage, Class A Unit Fair Market Value, Class A Unit Price, Class A Units, Class B Distribution Rate, Class B Issue Price, Class B Liquidation Value, Class B Sharing Percentage, Class B Units and PIK Units), shall be, in each instance, appropriately adjusted for Unit splits, combinations, distributions and the like.
 

[Signature Pages Follow]
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
106

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Partners have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
 
 
  GENERAL PARTNER:  
     
     
  SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS GP LLC  
     
         
 
By:
  /s/ David W. Biegler  
  Name:  David W. Biegler  
  Title:  Chairman and Cheif Executive Officer   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
  CLASS A LIMITED PARTNERS:  
     
     
 
BBTS BORROWER LP
 
     
         
  By:  BBTS Borrower GP LLC,   
    Its general partner   
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ David Ash  
  Name: David Ash  
  Title: Vice President  
 
 
 
 
  SOUTHCROSS ENERGY LLC  
     
     
         
 
By:
  /s/ David W. Biegler  
  Name: David W. Biegler  
  Title: Chairman  
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
  INVESTORS:  
     
 
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS MEZZANINE
OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LP
 
     
 
By: 
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE GP, LP
 
  Its:  General Partner   
         
 
By:
By: ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE, LLC
 
  Its:   General Partner   
         
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ Nazar Massouh  
  Name: Nazar Massouh  
  Title: Principal  
 
 
 
 
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS MEZZANINE
OPPORTUNITIES FUNDS A, LP
 
     
 
By:
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE GP, LP
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
 
By:
By: ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE, LLC
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ Nazar Massouh  
  Name: Nazar Massouh  
  Title: Principal  
 
 

 
 
 

 

 
 
ECP MEZZANINE B (SOUTHCROSS I IP), LP
 
     
 
By:
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE GP, LP
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
 
By:
By: ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE, LLC
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ Nazar Massouh  
  Name: Nazar Massouh  
  Title: Principal  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ECP MEZZANINE B (SOUTHCROSS II IP), LP
 
     
 
By:
ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE GP, LP
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
 
By:
By: ENERGY CAPITAL PARTNERS
MEZZANINE, LLC
 
  Its: General Partner  
         
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ Nazar Massouh  
  Name: Nazar Massouh  
  Title: Principal  

 
 
 
 
  EFS-S LLC  
     
     
  By: 
AIRCRAFT SERVICES CORPORATION,
its Managing Member
 
         
         
 
By:
  /s/ Tyson Yates  
  Name: Tyson Yates  
  Title: Vice President  




 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
PARTNERS, CLASSES, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND UNITS
 
Name and Address
Initial Cash Capital Contribution
Initial Non-Cash Capital Contribution
Total Initial Capital Contributions
Unfunded Equity Commitment Amount
Class B Units
Class A Units
 
General Partner:
 
 
Southcross Holdings GP LLC
 
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
-0-
 
-0-
 
Limited Partners:
 
 
BBTS Borrower LP
18615 Tuscany Stone
Suite 300
San Antonio, Texas 78258
Fax: (210) 495-0075
Attention: Phillip M. Mezey
 
 
N/A
 
$1,100,000,000
 
$1,100,000,000
 
N/A
 
-0-
 
1,100,000
 
Southcross Energy LLC
1700 Pacific Avenue,
Suite 2900
Dallas, Texas 75201
Fax: (214) 979-3710
Attention: David W. Biegler
 
 
N/A
 
$462,500,000
 
$462,500,000
 
N/A
 
-0-
 
462,500
 
Energy Capital Partners Mezzanine Opportunities Fund, LP
 
 
$4,819,502
 
$0
 
$4,819,502
 
$1,506,095
 
4,819.502
 
677
 
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
 
 
 
Energy Capital Partners Mezzanine Opportunities Fund A, LP
 
 
$95,750,902
 
$0
 
$95,750,902
 
$29,922,157
 
95,750.902
 
13,453
 
ECP Mezzanine B (Southcross II IP), LP
 
 
$21,334,358
 
$0
 
$21,334,358
 
$6,666,986
 
21,334.358
 
-0-
 
ECP Mezzanine B (Southcross I IP), LP
 
 
$0
 
$0
 
$0
 
$0
 
-0-
 
2,997
 
EFS-S LLC
 
 
$38,095,238
 
$0
 
$38,095,238
 
$11,904,762
 
38,095.238
 
5,352
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
A-2

 

EXHIBIT B
 
JOINDER AGREEMENT
 
This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Southcross Holdings LP (the “Partnership”), dated as of [●], 2014, and as amended from time to time (the “LP Agreement”), among the General Partner and the other parties thereto.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the LP Agreement.
 
The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to, and a “Partner” under, the LP Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Partner from whom he, she or it has acquired ownership of interests in the Partnership (to the extent permitted by the LP Agreement) as if he, she or it had executed the LP Agreement.  The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the LP Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.
 
Date:  [●]
 
JOINING PARTY
 
By:         
Name: [●]
Title: [●]
Address: [●]
Fax No. or Email Address: [●]
 
AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
 
SOUTHCROSS HOLDINGS LP
 
By:           Southcross Holdings GP LLC
 
By:                                                                
Name: [●]
Title: [●]
 

 
B-1

 

EXHIBIT C
 
Representations and Warranties.  Each Person executing a Joinder hereby represents and warrants to the Partnership and each other Partner as of the date of such Joinder and as of each date after such date such Limited Partner makes an additional Capital Contribution in exchange for additional Units or other interests in the Partnership that:
 
(a) such Partner has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder and to perform its obligations the Agreement;
 
(b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not conflict with any other agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or by which it is or its assets are bound;
 
(c) such Person is and will be acquiring its interest in the Partnership for investment purposes only for its own account and not with a view to the distribution, reoffer, resale, or other disposition not in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;
 
(d) such Person alone or together with its representatives, possesses such expertise, knowledge, and sophistication in financial and business matters generally, and in the type of transactions in which the Partnership proposes to engage in particular, that such Person is capable of evaluating the merits and economic risks of acquiring and holding an Interest, and that such Person is able to bear all such economic risks now and in the future;
 
(e) such Person has had access to all of the information with respect to its Interest that such Person deems necessary to make a complete evaluation thereof;
 
(f) such Person’s decision to acquire an Interest for investment has been based solely upon the evaluation made by such Person;
 
(g) such Person is aware that he, she or it must bear the economic risk of such Person’s investment in the Partnership for an indefinite period of time because Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state, and, therefore, such Interests cannot be sold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from registration is available;
 
(h) such Person is aware that only the Partnership can take action to register Interests in the Partnership and that the Partnership is under no such obligation and does not propose or intend to attempt to do so other than pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
 
(i) such Person is aware that this Agreement provides restrictions on the ability of a Person to Transfer Interests, and such Person will not seek to effect any Transfer other than in accordance with such restrictions;
 
(j) such Person is an Accredited Investor;
 
 
 
 
C-1

 
 
 
 
(i) such Person has not incurred or become liable for any broker’s commission or finder’s fee relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
(ii) unless disclosed to the Partnership in writing on or prior to the date hereof, such Person is a United States person (as defined in Code Section 7701(a));
 
(iii) the proposed acquisition of the Units by such Person will not result in a violation by such Person of any United States federal, state, foreign or other laws, rules or regulations (including anti-money laundering laws, rules and regulations) applicable to such Partner and no Capital Contribution to the Partnership by such Person will be derived from any illegal or illegitimate activities; and
 
(iv) such Person understands that federal regulations and executive orders administered by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals;  such Partner represents and warrants that he, she or it is not a Person named on an OFAC list, nor is such Partner a Person with whom dealings are prohibited under any OFAC regulation.
 
(k) All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Joinder will survive the execution and delivery of this Joinder and the closing and the consummation of the applicable transaction or event where such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements are made or contemplated hereby, regardless of any investigation made by the Partnership, any Partner or any Person on their behalf.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
C-2

 

EXHIBIT D
Example Timeline of DD Period and Extended DD Period

The PIK Period ends September 30, 2016.  If the Partnership fails to make the next Class B Distribution (due on February 14, 2017) in cash in full at an amount per Class B Unit equal to the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect, then the DD Period shall begin on January 1, 2017. If the Company subsequently also fails to pay the next two Class B Distributions (due May 15, 2017 and August 14, 2017) in cash in full at an amount per Class B Unit equal to the Class B Distribution Rate then in effect, then the Extended DD Period shall begin on July 1, 2017.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D-1